Wikipasoj - Contribuciones del usuario [es]

Orgullo

2025-07-11T07:04:04Z

Nazarzadeh:

{{text start}}
{{question}}
¿Qué es el orgullo?
{{question end}}
{{answer}}
El '''orgullo''' o '''arrogancia''' es la actitud de considerarse superior a los demás y menospreciar a otros a través de palabras o acciones.

La sensación de humillación y [[desprecio]] por uno mismo, así como el dominio de [[Satanás]] sobre [[el ser humano]], se consideran factores que contribuyen al orgullo. Para [[curar el orgullo]], se recomienda la [[autoestima]], [[recordar la muerte]] y [[fortalecer la dignidad personal]].
A veces, el orgullo se manifiesta ante Dios, lo que se considera el peor tipo de arrogancia. En otras ocasiones, el orgullo se refiere a los [[profetas]] y [[amigos divinos]], de tal manera que la persona se considera superior a ellos y se niega a obedecerlos.

== Conceptología==
El término «orgullo» (Kebr) significa considerarse superior a los demás<ref>Raghb al-Isfahani, Al-Mufradat fi Gharib al-Quran, Teherán, Editorial Kitab, 1404 AH, p. 421 y 422; Ciencia de la ética islámica, traducción de Jami' al-Sa'adat, Editorial Hikmat, tercera edición, 1363 SH, vol. 1, p. 417.</ref>, mientras que «arrogancia» (Takabbor) es manifestar ese sentimiento a través de palabras y acciones. Mientras que la sensación de superioridad esté presente internamente sin ser expresada, se llama «orgullo» (Kebr); pero cuando esa creencia se expresa y la persona desprecia a los demás con sus palabras o comportamientos, se le llama «arrogancia» (Takabbor).<ref>Narāqi, Mulla Ahmad, Mi'raj al-Sa'adah, Mashhad, Editorial Neda-ye-Islami, primera edición, 1362 SH, p. 176.</ref>
Las dos palabras «Qorur» (orgullo) y « Takabbor » (arrogancia) en el idioma persa se usan de manera sinónima y con el mismo significado; sin embargo, la palabra غرور en árabe significa [[engañar]] y tiene un significado diferente al de Takabbor (arrogancia).

=== Diferencia con el asombro (Oyb) ===
El término [[Oyb |Oyb]] y la autocomplacencia significan vanidad o autoaprecio.<ref>Imam Jomeini, Seyed Ruhollah, Sharh Chahār Hadith, Institución para la Publicación de Obras del Imam Jomeini, segunda edición, 1371 SH, p. 79.</ref> Una persona con autocomplacencia se considera a sí misma importante, pero no se ve superior a los demás;<ref>Narāqi, Mulla Mohammad Mahdi, Jami' al-Sa'adat, anotaciones y correcciones de Seyed Mohammad Kalanter, Imprenta al-Najaf, Institución Editorial Ismailiana, vol. 1, pp. 344-351.</ref> mientras que una persona arrogante se ve a sí misma como superior y menosprecia a los demás.<ref name=":03">Imam Jomeini, Seyed Ruhollah, Sharh Chahār Hadith, Institución para la Publicación de Obras del Imam Jomeini, segunda edición, 1371 SH, p. 79.</ref>

=== Diferencia entre el orgullo en los seres humanos y en Dios ===
{{También ver| El significado de la arrogancia de Dios}}

La diferencia entre el atributo de la arrogancia en [[Dios]] y en [[el ser humano]] radica en la diferencia de su origen; el origen de la arrogancia en Dios proviene de su [[sabiduría divina|sabiduría]], [[poder divino|poder]] y [[conocimiento divino|conocimiento]]; mientras que el origen de la arrogancia en el ser humano proviene de la [[humildad|bajeza]], [[ignorancia|ignorancia]] y debilidad de la voluntad. Según una narración del [[Imam Sadiq (a)]], el factor que origina la arrogancia en el ser humano es la humillación y la indignidad que siente en sí mismo. <ref> Al-Kulayni, Muhammad ibn Ya'qub, Usul al-Kafi, con la traducción y explicación de Sayyid Jawad Mustafavi, Vol. 3, Capítulo sobre la arrogancia. </ref>El ser humano, para cubrir su propia deficiencia, actúa con arrogancia y reclama un rango que no posee.
== Posición ==
En [[el Corán]], se menciona la arrogancia y la persona arrogante. Por ejemplo, en el [[versículo]] {{Corán|کَذٰلِکَ یَطْبَعُ اللَّهُ عَلَیٰ کُلِّ قَلْبِ مُتَکَبِّرٍ جَبَّار | Sura = Ghafir | Versículo = 35 | Traducción = Así, Dios pone un sello sobre el corazón de cada arrogante y opresor.}} se hace referencia a la persona arrogante. En el versículo 34 de [[Sura Al-Baqara]], también se menciona la arrogancia de [[Iblis]] cuando Dios le ordenó postrarse ante [[el Profeta Adán (a)]].

La arrogancia ha sido considerada el primer [[pecado|pecado]] que ocurrió en el mundo. Según [[Imam Ali (a)]], en [[el Sermón de Al-Qasi'a]], la arrogancia de Iblis hizo que sus [[actos de adoración|actos de adoración]] durante seis mil años se desvanecieran.<ref>Ibn Abi al-Hadid, Sharh Nahy al-Balagha, Dar Ihya' al-Kutub al-Arabiya, segunda edición, vol. 13, p. 127.</ref> En [[otra narración|otra narración]], la arrogancia se considera el mayor pecado.<ref>Shafii, Mohammad, El desarrollo del espíritu a la luz de los cuarenta hadices, Oficina de Publicidad Islámica, primera edición, 1370 SH, vol. 1, p. 280.</ref>
== Tipos ==
La arrogancia tiene varios tipos:

* '''Arrogancia hacia Dios''': A veces, la arrogancia se manifiesta frente a [[Dios]]. <ref>Dashtgib, Seyed Abdul Hossein, Pecados Mayores, Editorial Arman, vol. 2, pp. 111–132.</ref> Esto significa que una persona no reconoce la [[adoración]] ni la [[sumisión]] a Dios, ni considera que la adoración sea exclusiva para Él. Como la arrogancia mostrada por [[Nimrod]] y [[Faraón]]. La causa de esta arrogancia se atribuye a la rebelión y la [[ignorancia]] y se considera la forma más despreciable de arrogancia. <ref>Raghib Isfahani, Hossein, Al-Mufradat fi Gharib al-Qur'an, Teherán, Nashr-e Ketab, 1404 AH, pp. 421 y 422.</ref>
* '''La arrogancia hacia los profetas y los amigos de Dios''': A veces la arrogancia se manifiesta frente a los [[profetas|profetas]] y [[amigos de Dios|amigos divinos]], de tal manera que la persona se considera superior a ellos y no les obedece. En el versículo {{Corán|فَقَالُوا أَنُؤْمِنُ لِبَشَرَیْنِ مِثْلِنَا وَقَوْمُهُمَا لَنَا عَابِدُون|Sura = Mu'minun|verse = 47}}

|traducción = Y dijeron: ¿Vamos a creer en dos seres humanos como nosotros, mientras que sus pueblos nos adoran?}} se hace referencia a este tipo de arrogancia.
* '''Arrogancia hacia los siervos de Dios''': A veces la arrogancia se presenta frente a los [[creyentes|muminan]] y siervos de Dios; esto significa que una persona se considera superior y desprecia a los demás.<ref> Naraqi, Ahmad, Mi'raj al-Sa'adah, p. 178.</ref> Este tipo de arrogancia, dado que conduce a la oposición a Dios, se considera una de las características destructivas del ser humano.<ref>Ilm Akhlaq Islami, traducción de Jami' al-Sa'adat, Publicaciones Hikmat, tercera edición, 1363 SH, Volumen 1, p. 417.</ref>

== Factores ==
{{Principal|Factores de la arrogancia}}
Los factores de la arrogancia se consideran la alteración en la personalidad, la ignorancia sobre las propias debilidades y el dominio de [[Satanás]] sobre el [[ser humano]]. El sentimiento de humillación y [[desgracia]] es uno de los trastornos de la personalidad que lleva a la persona a caer en la arrogancia.
== Tratamiento ==
{{Principal|Métodos para tratar la arrogancia}}
Para tratar la arrogancia se han mencionado diversos métodos, entre los cuales algunos son los siguientes:

* [[Autoconocimiento]]; <ref>Majlisi, Muhammad Baqir, Bihar al-Anwar, Beirut, Vol. 78, p. 94.</ref>
* [[Recordar la muerte]]; <ref>Shafii, Muhammad, El desarrollo del espíritu a través de cuarenta hadices, Oficina de Publicidad Islámica, Primera edición, 1370, Vol. 1, p. 491.</ref>
* [[Adoración]]; <ref name=":0">Mohammadi Rey Shahrī, Muhammad, Mīzān al-Hikmah, Dar al-Hadith, Primera edición, Vol. 3, p. 2657; Shafii, Muhammad, El desarrollo del espíritu a través de cuarenta hadices, Oficina de Publicidad Islámica, Primera edición, 1370, Vol. 1, p. 492.</ref>
* [[Humildad]]; <ref>Shafii, Muhammad, El desarrollo del espíritu a través de cuarenta hadices, Oficina de Publicidad Islámica, Vol. 1, p. 491.</ref>
* Prestar atención a [[las consecuencias de la arrogancia]];
* [[Fortalecer la autoestima]].

El reconocimiento de la debilidad propia, especialmente en los momentos de nacimiento y muerte, elimina la arrogancia en el [[ser humano]]. <ref>Majlisi, Muhammad Baqir, Bihar al-Anwar, Beirut, Vol. 78, p. 94.</ref> La adoración también, que es humildad ante Dios, debilita el sentimiento de arrogancia. <ref name=":0"/>
Uno de los [[factores del orgullo]] es el [[sentimiento de inferioridad]] en uno mismo, y para su tratamiento, se considera que fortalecer la autoestima es efectivo.

== El juicio del orgullo para la mujer ==
{{principales|El juicio del orgullo para la mujer}}
En un relato de [[Imam Ali (a.s.)]], el orgullo de una mujer ante un [[hombre no mahram]] es considerado positivo. La razón de esto, según el relato, es la preservación de la dignidad y el estatus de la mujer ante el no mahram y la prevención de los posibles peligros. <ref name=":02">Muhammadi Ray Shahr, Muhammad, Muntakhab al-Hikmah, traducido por: Hamidreza Shikhi, Qom, Dar al-Hikmah, 1382 SH, Vol. 2, p. 910.</ref> El propósito del orgullo de la mujer no es menospreciar al no mahram, sino que al mostrar arrogancia ante él, ella se protege de ser utilizada como objeto de deseo.

El orgullo en el sentido de "menospreciar a los demás" no es permitido ni para el hombre ni para la mujer, y se considera un [[pecado]].

== Fuentes ==
{{footnotes|۲}}
{{tree
| main branch = اخلاق
| subbranch1 = رذائل اخلاقی
| subbranch2 = تکبر
| subbranch3 =
}}
{{تکمیل مقاله
| شناسه = شد
| تیترها = شد
| ویرایش = شد
| لینک‌دهی = شد
| ناوبری =
| نمایه =
| تغییر مسیر = شد
| ارجاعات =
| بازبینی نویسنده =
| ارزیابی کمی =
| تکمیل =
| اولویت = ب
| کیفیت = ب
}}
{{text end}}

[[fa: تکبر]]
[[bn:অহংকার]]
[[ur:تکبر کیا هی؟]]
[[en:Arrogance]]
[[ps:تکبر]]
[[ru:Такабор]]
[[ms:Sombong]]
[[ar:التکبر]]

Plantilla:Principales

2025-07-11T07:03:23Z

Nazarzadeh: Página redirigida a Plantilla:Main

#REDIRECCIÓN [[template:main]]

Plantilla:Principal

2025-07-11T07:03:13Z

Nazarzadeh: Página redirigida a Plantilla:Main

#REDIRECCIÓN [[template:main]]

Plantilla:También ver

2025-07-11T07:02:28Z

Nazarzadeh: Página redirigida a Plantilla:See also

#REDIRECCIÓN [[template:see also]]

La señora María (P)

2025-07-11T07:01:44Z

Nazarzadeh: /* El deseo de la muerte de la Virgen María (P) */

{{text start}}
{{question}}
¿Qué posición, estatus y dignidad tenía la señora María?
{{question end}}
{{answer}}
'''La señora María (P)''' es la única mujer mencionada en el [[Corán]] y es presentada como un modelo para todos los creyentes. Según los versículos del Corán, la señora María (P) tiene estatus como ser elegida por Dios, Siddiqah (muy veraz), pura y castísima, y hablante con los ángeles. Algunos eruditos musulmanes creían en la profecía de la señora María (P).
María (P), según el voto de su madre, fue llevada al templo de [[Al-Quds]] para servir y adorar a Dios. Los sacerdotes del templo tuvieron desacuerdos sobre quién debería cuidar de María (P). Para resolver esta disputa, echaron suertes, y la suerte cayó sobre [[Zacarías (P)]], quien se convirtió en su guardián. La señora María (P) realizaba su adoración en la parte oriental de Al-Quds. María (P) era conocida entre la gente por su piedad. Según los versículos del Corán, Zacarías (P) encontraba alimentos cerca de María (P) y le preguntó sobre el origen de esos alimentos. Ella respondió que eran enviados por Dios.
La señora María (P), según la interpretación literal de los versículos del Corán y las narraciones, quedó embarazada sin los métodos comunes de embarazo. El Corán no menciona la duración de su embarazo. Según la opinión de algunos intérpretes, el período de embarazo de María (P) fue de nueve meses, como el de otras mujeres. Un grupo sostiene que la duración del embarazo de María (P) fue milagrosa, y afirman que este período fue de solo una hora.

== Posición ==
{{Artículo principal | Ser un modelo a seguir de la señora María (P) |Mujeres modelo en el Corán}}
El Corán presenta a María (P) como un modelo para todos los creyentes:
{{Corán||Traducción=Y Allah hizo de María, la hija de Imrán, un ejemplo para los creyentes, que guardó su honor. | Sura=Tahrim | Versículo=11-12}}
En el versículo 42 de la Sura de Al-Imran, se mencionan para la señora María (P) atributos como ser elegida y su pureza:
{{Corán grande | يَا مَرْيَمُ إِنَّ اللَّهَ اصْطَفَاكِ وَطَهَّرَكِ وَاصْطَفَاكِ عَلَىٰ نِسَاءِ الْعَالَمِينَ | Traducción=(Ángeles): Oh María, Allah te ha elegido, te ha purificado y te ha exaltado sobre las mujeres de los mundos | Sura=Al-Imran | Versículo=42}}
En el Corán, el nombre de ninguna mujer, excepto María (P), se menciona. Según los versículos del Corán, los ángeles hablaban con María (P).<ref>Sura Al-Imran, versículos 42-43.</ref> En dos versículos, Allah afirma la castidad y pureza de la señora María (P).<ref>Sura At-Tahrim, versículo 12; también: Sura Al-Anbiya, versículo 91.</ref> Además, la describe como una "Siddīqah" <ref>Sura Al-Ma'idah, versículo 75.</ref>, lo que significa una persona extremadamente veraz.<ref>María (P), símbolo de la adoración, Nahid Tayebi, Cultura Kosar, 1377, número 22.</ref> Allah ordena a María (P) que adore<ref>Sura Al-Imran, versículo 43.</ref> y la menciona entre los "qanitiin".<ref>Sura At-Tahrim, versículo 12.</ref> Los intérpretes han explicado que los "qanitiin" son aquellos que están continuamente en obediencia a Allah.<ref>Tafsir Ahssan al-Hadith, Ali Akbar Qureshi, vol. 11, p. 245.</ref>

Muhammad ibn Ahmad al-Qurtubi, un comentarista del siglo séptimo de la era islámica, <ref>Al-Qurtubi, Al-Yami' li-Ahkam al-Qur'an, 1364 Sh, vol. 4, p. 83.</ref> y Taqi al-Din al-Subki, uno de los eruditos y hadices del siglo octavo de la era islámica, <ref>Al-Alusi, Ruh al-Ma'ani, 1415 AH, vol. 2, p. 149.</ref> creían en la profecía de la señora María (P), ya que Allah le reveló a través del ángel, al igual que hizo con otros profetas. Ellos consideran las características destacadas de María (P) mencionadas en el versículo 42 de la Sura Al-Imran como uno de los argumentos para su profecía.<ref>Al-Alusi, Ruh al-Ma'ani, 1415 AH, vol. 2, p. 149.</ref> En textos místicos, María (P) es considerada una de las amigas de Allah y tiene una posición especial de liderazgo espiritual.<ref>Reflejo de los rangos de la señora María (P) en los textos místicos persas del siglo cuarto hasta el final del siglo noveno, Tahera Khushhal Dashtjirdi y Zaynab Reza Pour, Revista científica de estudios místicos, número doce, 1389.</ref>

== Biografía ==
El Corán, a diferencia de los libros sagrados, comienza la historia de María (P) desde antes de su nacimiento. <ref name=":3">Sura Al-Imran, verso 35. </ref> La madre de María (P) llevaba un hijo en su vientre y pensaba que sería un niño. <ref> Tafseer al-Namunah, vol. 2, p. 523. </ref> Ella dedicó a su hijo a Allah. <ref name=":3" /> El bebé, en contra de las expectativas de la madre, era una niña. Sin embargo, la madre se mantuvo firme en su promesa. <ref name=":3" /> La niña fue llamada María (P). <ref name=":3" /> Según su voto, María (P) fue llevada al templo de Al-Quds para servir y adorar a Allah. <ref name=":4" /> Los eruditos y líderes de los Hijos de Israel fueron invitados a asumir la tutela de María (P). <ref name=":4">Makarim Shirazi, Nasir, Tafseer al-Namunah, vol. 2, p. 544, Dar al-Kutub al-Islamiyya, Teherán, primera edición, 1374 d.C.</ref> María (P), hija de Imran, provenía de una familia de alto rango. Por esta razón, los pretendientes para su custodia se enfrentaron entre sí. Después de realizarse un sorteo, Zakariya (P), quien en ese momento no tenía hijos, fue seleccionado como su tutor. <ref>Sura Al-Imran, verso 44. </ref>

María (P) realizaba su adoración en la parte oriental del Templo de Al-Quds. <ref>Sura María, verso 16. </ref> María (P) era conocida por su piedad entre la gente. <ref>Makarim Shirazi, Tafseer al-Namunah, vol. 13, p. 41. </ref> Según los versículos del Corán, Zakariya (P) vio alimentos junto a María (P) y, cuando preguntó sobre su origen, María (P) le dijo que estos eran enviados por Allah. <ref>Sura Al-Imran, verso 37. </ref>
== Embarazo de María (P) y el nacimiento de Jesús (P) ==
{{Artículo principal | Duración del embarazo de María (P)|Embarazo de María (P)}}
María (P), según la interpretación literal de los versículos del Corán y las narraciones, quedó embarazada sin los métodos convencionales de concepción.<ref>Tabrasi, Fadl bin Hassan, Al-Mayma' al-Bayan fi Tafseer al-Qur'an, 1372 d.C., vol. 6, p. 789.</ref>
El Corán menciona el proceso de concepción de María (P) con la expresión "Fanafakhna" (Soplamos)<ref>Sura al-Tahrim, verso 12.</ref> y considera la creación de Jesús (P) como un milagro, al igual que la de Adán (P).<ref>Sura Al-Imran, verso 59.</ref>
La noticia del embarazo de la señora María (P) le fue dada por una entidad que el Corán llama "Espíritu”. <ref name=":02">Sura de María, verso 17. </ref> Los comentaristas han interpretado que "Espíritu" se refiere al arcángel Gabriel (P).<ref>Makarem Shirazi, Tafsir al-Namuneh, 1374, vol. 13, p. 36.</ref>

El Corán no menciona la duración del embarazo de la señora María (P).<ref name=":03">Makarem Shirazi, Tafsir al-Namuneh, vol. 13, p. 40, Teherán, Dar al-Kutub al-Islamiyyah, 1374.</ref> Según algunos comentaristas, el período de embarazo de María (P) fue de nueve meses, como en el caso de otras mujeres.<ref name=":23" /> Estas personas creen que Dios, al mencionar este evento, buscaba alabar a María (P), y si la duración de su embarazo fuera algo milagroso, debería haberse mencionado en estos versos.<ref name=":23">Ibn Kathir Damasceno, Tafsir al-Qur'an al-Azim, vol. 5, p. 196, Beirut, Dar al-Kutub al-Ilmiyyah, Publicaciones Muhammad Ali Baydun, 1419 AH.</ref>

Un grupo de personas cree que el período de embarazo de María (P) también fue milagroso; ellos afirman que la duración de su embarazo fue de una hora.<ref name=":12">Maylisi, Muhammad Baqir, Bihar al-Anwar, vol. 14, p. 225, Beirut, Al-Wafa Foundation, 1410 AH.</ref> Estos individuos creen que, debido a que en estos versículos, inmediatamente después de la historia del embarazo de María (P), se menciona el parto utilizando la letra "fa", que denota secuencia y continuidad, el embarazo de María fue corto y milagroso.<ref name=":12" /> Algunos relatos confirman esta opinión.<ref name=":12" />
Después del nacimiento de Jesús (P), María (P) regresó a su pueblo. <ref>Sura María, versículo 27. </ref> Ella, por orden de Dios, guardó un ayuno de silencio. <ref>Sura María, versículo 26. </ref> María (P) fue acusada por los hijos de Israel de inmoralidad debido a dar a luz a un hijo sin padre. <ref>Sura María, versículos 27-28. </ref> Dios, para rechazar esta acusación, hizo que el recién nacido hablara. El niño se presentó a sí mismo<ref>Sura María, versículos 30-33. </ref> y defendió la pureza de su madre. <ref>Tafsir al-Namuneh, vol. 13, p. 45. </ref>

== El deseo de la muerte de la Virgen María (P) ==
{{Artículo principal | El deseo de la muerte de la Virgen María (P)}} Según los versículos del Corán, la Virgen María (P) deseó la muerte en las duras condiciones de su parto<ref>Ṭayyib, Aṭīb al-Bayān fī Tafsīr al-Qur’ān, vol. 8, p. 431, Teherán, Islām, 1378 SH.</ref>:
{{Corán||translation= "Ojalá hubiera muerto antes y hubiera sido olvidada".|Sura=María | verse=23}}
[[Muhammad Yawad Mughniyya]], un comentarista contemporáneo chiíta, cree que expresar tales palabras es natural para cualquier ser humano cuando se encuentra en circunstancias difíciles, y mientras no sea por duda en la fe, no tiene problema.<ref>Mughniyya, Tafsīr al-Kāshif, vol. 5, p. 177, Teherán, Dār al-Kutub al-Islāmiyya, 1424 Hijri.</ref>

El Corán solo menciona las palabras de la Virgen María (P) y no menciona la razón de su deseo de morir. <ref name=":1">Fakhr al-Rāzī, Mafātīḥ al-Ghayb, vol. 21, p. 525, Beirut, Dār Aḥyā’ al-Turāth al-‘Arabī, 1420 AH.</ref>
Los comentaristas han mencionado varias razones para este deseo de la Virgen María (P).<ref name=":2">Makārim Shirazī, Tafsīr al-Namūneh, vol. 13, p. 41, Teherán, Dār al-Kutub al-Islāmīyah, 1374 SH.</ref>
*La Virgen María (P) era conocida entre los hijos de Israel por su ascetismo (zuhd), de tal manera que Dios le enviaba provisiones del paraíso. Ella, a pesar de la posición social que tenía, temía quedar embarazada sin estar casada<ref name=":1" /> y temía las acusaciones de su pueblo. <ref name=":2" />
* María (P) siempre estaba en constante [[adoración]], desvinculada de los asuntos mundanos. Ella, que hasta ese momento estaba libre de las responsabilidades serias de la vida, de repente quedó embarazada y llegó al tiempo del parto. El sentimiento de soledad y desamparo en ese momento la llevó a desear la muerte.

== Fuentes ==
[[fa: حضرت مریم(س)]]
[[bn: হযরত মরিয়ম (আ.)]]
[[ur: حضرت مریم سلام اللہ علیہا]]
[[en: Lady Mary (PBUH)]]
[[ps: حضرت مریم (س)]]
[[ru: Марьям (А)]]
[[ms: Sayidah Maryam Sa]]
[[ar: السيدة مريم (عليها السلام)]]

Plantilla:Corán grande

2025-07-11T07:00:56Z

Nazarzadeh: Página redirigida a Plantilla:Quran big

#REDIRECCIÓN [[template:quran big]]

Bañar y envolver al Profeta en fuentes suníes

2025-07-09T14:28:05Z

Nazarzadeh:

{{text start}}
{{question}}
Los sunníes afirman que Abu Bakr tuvo la responsabilidad de la preparación y el entierro del Profeta Muhammad (P) , y que el Imam Ali (P) debido a la intensidad de su dolor estaba aturdido en ese momento. ¿Es correcta esta narración?{{question end}}
{{answer}}
Las fuentes confiables de los [[sunníes]], afirman que el [[Imam Ali (P)]] fue el encargado del [[baño ritual del difunto|baño]], [[envolver en sudario|envolver en sudario]], el entierro y la primera [[oración fúnebre|oración fúnebre]] por el cadáver del [[Profeta del Islam (P)]]. Otras personas como [[Abbas ibn Abd al-Muttalib]], el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Qutham y Fadl, ayudaron al Imam Ali (P) . Los eruditos e historiadores [[sunníes]] como Ibn Hisham en su obra As-Sīrah an-Nabawīyah, Ibn Sa'd en At-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā, Ibn Kathīr en Al-Bidāyah wa an-Nihāyah, mencionan que el entierro y el sudario del Profeta fueron responsabilidad del Imam Ali (P) y también citan los nombres de quienes lo asistieron en estos actos. En las fuentes no se menciona el nombre de [[Abu Bakr]] como la persona que lavó al Profeta.

Suyuti en Al-Jāmi' al-Aḥādīth relata una narración según la cual, el Profeta Muhammad (P) , antes de su fallecimiento, había legado que el Imam Ali (P) debía lavar su cadáver.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Jāmi' al-Aḥādīth|year=sin fecha|first=Jalāl ad-Dīn|last=As-Suyūṭī|editor=D. Ḥasan 'Abbās Zaki|volume=31|page=135|language=|place=sin lugar|edition=}}</ref>

== El baño completo del Profeta (P) en las fuentes de los Ahl al-Sunnah ==
Ibn Sa'd, conocido como el escritor de Waqidi, un historiador y escritor de la biografía del Profeta (P) de los siglos II y III H, narra una historia de K’ab al-Aḥbār en su libro Al-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā. K’ab al-Aḥbār preguntó al califa Umar qué dijo el Profeta (P) en su lecho de muerte. Umar señaló a Ali (P) y le dijo: "Pregunta a él". Ali (P) respondió: "El Profeta (P), mientras su cabeza descansaba sobre mi hombro, repetía: 'As-Salāh, As-Salāh' (Oración, oración) ..." K’ab le preguntó: "¿Quién lavó el cuerpo del Profeta (P) ?" Umar dijo: "Pregunta a Ali", y Ali (P) respondió: "Yo lavé al Profeta, mientras Abbas estaba sentado y Osama ibn Zayd, uno de los compañeros del Profeta (P) , y Shu'ayrān Ṣāliḥ, el esclavo del Profeta, vertían el agua".<ref>Ibn Sa'd, Muhammad, Al-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā, Beirut, Dār al-Kutub al-‘Ilmīyah, 1410 H, Vol. 2, p. 202.</ref>

[[Ibn Hisham]], historiador del siglo III Hijri y compilador del libro más famoso sobre la biografía del Profeta Muhammad (P), informa que los que realizaron el baño ritual del Profeta fueron Ali ibn Abi Talib, [[Abbas ibn Abdul Muttalib]], Fadl ibn Abbas, Qutham ibn Abbas, Usama ibn Zayd, Shukran Salih y Aws ibn Khawli, quien era uno de los [[Ansar]]. Él describe el baño del Profeta de la siguiente manera: Ali (P) colocó el cuerpo del Profeta sobre su pecho, y Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Fadl y Qutham lo ayudaron a mover el cuerpo, girándolo de un lado a otro. Usama y Shukran vertían el agua, y Ali ibn Abi Talib (P) bañaba al Profeta debajo de su camisa.<ref>Ibn Hisham, Abdul Malik, Al-Sirah al-Nabawiyyah, Beirut, Dar al-Ma'rifah, s.f., Vol. 2, pp. 622–623.</ref> En una narración que [[Suyuti]] cita, Fadl había levantado el cuerpo del Profeta para que Imam Ali (P) pudiera bañarlo.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Jami' al-Ahadith|year=s.f.|first=Jalal al-Din|last=Suyuti|editor=Hassan Abbas Zaki|volume=31|page=135|place=s.f.|edition=}}</ref> También en algunas narraciones se menciona la presencia de Jibril junto a los que realizaban el baño del Profeta.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu'jam al-Kabir|year=1415|first=Abo al-Qasim|last=Al-Tabarani|editor=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|place=El Cairo|link=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>

== El entierro del Profeta (P) en las fuentes de los suníes ==
Ibn Hisham menciona a personajes como [[Ali ibn Abi Talib (P)]], Fadl y Qutham, los hijos de Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y Shukran como los encargados del entierro del Profeta, quienes entraron en la [[Tumba del Profeta (P)|tumba del Profeta (P)]].<ref>Ibn Hisham, Abdul Malik, Al-Sirah al-Nabawiyyah, Beirut, Dar al-Ma'rifah, s.f., Vol. 2, p. 664.</ref>

Ibn Athir al-Jazari en su obra ''Asad al-Ghabah'',<ref>Ibn Athir al-Jazari, Ali ibn Muhammad, Asad al-Ghabah fi Ma'rifat al-Sahabah, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1409 H., Vol. 2, p. 388.</ref> Ibn Kathir en ''Al-Bidayah wa al-Nihayah''<ref>Ibn Kathir, Ismail ibn Umar, Al-Bidayah wa al-Nihayah, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1407 H., Vol. 5, p. 269.</ref> y al-Bayhaqi en ''Dalail al-Nubuwwah'' mencionan este evento, señalando que nadie más que Ali (P) y sus compañeros participaron en el entierro del Profeta (P).<ref name=":0">Al-Bayhaqi, Ahmad ibn Hussain, Dalail al-Nubuwwah wa Ma'rifat Ahwal Sahib al-Shari'ah, Beirut, Dar al-Kutub al-Ilmiyyah, 1405 H., Vol. 7, p. 254.</ref>

Tāborī (fallecido en 310 H), el famoso historiador suní, en su libro Historia de las Naciones y los Reyes (''Tārīkh al-Umam wa al-Mulūk''), relata que hubo desacuerdo sobre el lugar del entierro del Profeta (P). Algunos propusieron el [[Cementerio de Al-Baqī‘|cementerio de Al-Baqī‘]], otros dijeron que debía ser junto a la mezquita, y algunos más sugirieron que se le enterrara en la casa del propio Profeta. Finalmente, se decidió enterrar el cuerpo en la misma habitación en la que el Profeta (P) había fallecido. La tumba fue preparada por [[Abu Ubaydah al-Jarrah]], un compañero del Profeta, y [[Abu Talha al-Ansari]], un miembro de los Ansar, y el entierro fue realizado por Ali (P) con la ayuda de Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Fadl y Qutham.<ref>Tābari, Muhammad ibn Jarir, Tārīkh al-Umam wa al-Mulūk, Beirut, al-‘Alami Foundation, s.f., Vol. 2, p. 452.</ref>

Según algunos informes de fuentes suníes, [[Abu Bakr]] transmitió una narración del Profeta según la cual los profetas deben ser enterrados en el lugar donde fallecen. Por lo tanto, Abu Talha, uno de los compañeros del Profeta, preparó la tumba en la habitación donde el Profeta (P) había fallecido.<ref name=":0" /> Sin embargo, Al-Ṭabarānī, en un relato, ha informado que Ali (P), con la ayuda de Ibn Abbas y Abu Bakr, fue quien enterró al Profeta (P).<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu‘jam al-Kabīr|year=1415|first=Abu al-Qasim|last=al-Ṭabarānī|editorial=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|link=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>

== La oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P) ==
Las fuentes suníes también mencionan que Ali ibn Abi Talib (P) fue el primero en rezar sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P), y luego, los [[compañeros del Profeta (P)]], en grupos, realizaron la oración sobre su cadáver. Ibn Kathir, historiador suní, relató que el Profeta (P) había legado que su cuerpo fuera lavado y envuelto en un sudario por los hombres de su familia, y luego, ellos debían rezar sobre su cadáver. Posteriormente, la gente rezaría por él, y después de los hombres, las mujeres rezarían sobre su cuerpo. <ref>Ibn Kathir, Ismail ibn Umar, Al-Bidaya wa al-Nihaya, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1407 H, Vol. 5, p. 266.</ref>

Según los informes de las fuentes suníes, la oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P) se realizaba individualmente, y cada grupo de diez personas se acercaba al cadáver del Profeta y realizaba la oración.<ref>{{cite book|title=El Sol de la Profecía, traducción persa de Al-Rahīq al-Makhtūm|year=1381|first=Safī al-Rahmān|last=Mubārakfurī|editorial=Muḥaddithīn|page=732-735|editado por= Muhammad Ali Lāsānī Fashārkī}}</ref> Las fuentes suníes también mencionan que los ángeles, incluidos Jibril (Gabriel), realizaron la oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P).<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu‘jam al-Kabīr|year=1415|first=Abu al-Qasim|last=al-Ṭabarānī|editorial=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|link=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>
== Fuentes ==
{{footnotes|۲}}
{{tree
| main branch =کلام
| subbranch1 =امامت عامه
| subbranch2 =راه شناخت امام
| subbranch3 =
}}
{{تکمیل مقاله
| شناسه = شد
| تیترها = شد
| ویرایش =
| لینک‌دهی =شد
| ناوبری =
| نمایه = شد
| تغییر مسیر =شد
| ارجاعات =
| بازبینی نویسنده =
| ارزیابی کمی = شد
| تکمیل =
| اولویت =ج
| کیفیت =ب
}}
{{text end}}
[[fa: غسل‌دهنده و کفن‌کننده پیامبر اکرم در منابع اهل‌سنت]]
[[bn: আহলে সুন্নতের সূত্রগুলোতে মহানবী (স.)-এর গোসল ও কাফন সম্পন্নকারী]]
[[en: The Prophet's Washer and Shrouder in Sunni Sources]]
[[ps: د اهل سنتو په سرچینو کی پیغمبر اکرم (ص) ته غسل او کفن ورکوونکی]]
[[ms: Orang Yang Memandikan Dan Mengkafani Rasulullah Saw Menurut Sumber Ahlusunah]]
[[ar: الغاسل والمکفِّن للنبی الأکرم فی مصادر أهل السنة]]

Plantilla:Tree

2025-07-09T14:25:28Z

Nazarzadeh:

<includeonly>{{#if: {{{main branch|}}} | <indicator name=1>[[:category:{{{main branch|}}}{{!}}{{{main branch|}}}]] {{#if: {{{subbranch1|}}} | [[file:Arrow-right.png|10px||link=|frameless]] [[:category:{{{subbranch1|}}}{{!}}{{{subbranch1|}}}]] {{#if: {{{subbranch2|}}} | [[file:Arrow-right.png|10px||link=|frameless]] [[:category:{{{subbranch2|}}}{{!}}{{{subbranch2|}}}]] {{#if: {{{subbranch3|}}} | [[file:Arrow-right.png|10px||link=|frameless]] [[:category:{{{subbranch3|}}}|{{{subbranch3|}}}]] }}}}}}</indicator>}}{{#if: {{{subbranch3|}}}|[[category:{{{subbranch3|}}}]]|{{#if: {{{subbranch2|}}}|[[category:{{{subbranch2|}}}]]|{{#if: {{{main branch|}}}||[[category:without main branch]] }} }} }}{{#if: {{{subbranch1|}}}|[[category:{{{subbranch1|}}}]]|[[category:without subbranch]]}}{{#if: {{{subbranch1|}}}|<div class="navbox related" style="background-color: #fafffb">
<div class="navbox-title" style="font-size: 120%; font-weight: bold; background-color: #b9e6be;" >Related Questions</div>
<div class="navbox-list" style="max-height: 500px; overflow-x: hidden; overflow-y: show; -moz-column-width: 18em; -webkit-column-width: 18em; column-width: 18em;">{{#tag:DynamicPageList|
category = {{{subbranch1|}}}
namespace= main
count = 20
ordermethod = firstedit
order = descending
}}</div></div>}}</includeonly><noinclude>
<templatedata>
{
"params": {
"main branch": {},
"subbranch1": {},
"subbranch2": {},
"subbranch3": {}
},
"description": "inserting branch of the article",
"format": "block"
}
</templatedata>
[[es:Plantilla:Tree]]
[[fa:الگو:شاخه]]
</noinclude>

Plantilla:Module rating/protected

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

<includeonly>{{#switch:{{Namespace detect|template=t|module=m|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}
|t
|m = {{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|1={{{demopage|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|#default={{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}}}}|*|user=|#default={{ombox
| type = notice
| image = [[File:{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|edit|1={{{demopage|{{#switch:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|sandbox={{FULLBASEPAGENAME}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}}}}}}|autoconfirmed=Semi|extendedconfirmed=Extended|accountcreator|templateeditor=Template|sysop=Full}}-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Protected]]
| text = This {{Namespace detect|template=template|module=module|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}} is [[:Category:Modules subject to page protection|subject to page protection]]{{#if:{{{reason|}}}|{{space}}{{{reason|}}}|. It is a [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|highly visible {{Namespace detect|template=template|module=module|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}]] in use by a very large number of pages, or is [[Wikipedia:Substitution|substituted]] very frequently. Because vandalism or mistakes would affect many pages, and even trivial editing might cause substantial load on the servers, it is [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|protected]] from editing.}}
}}{{#if:{{{demopage|}}}{{{demospace|}}}||
{{#ifeq: {{ROOTPAGENAME}} | Sandbox
| 
| {{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}
| doc | sandbox =
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true
| 
| {{Module other|module=[[Category:Modules subject to page protection|{{PAGENAME}}]]}}
}}
}}
}}
}}
}}
|#default=
}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{Module rating/protected}}
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Módulo:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/doc

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{#lst:Module:Citation/CS1/doc|header}}

This is a list of suggested alternatives to use when an unknown parameter is
encountered by a citation template. When an unknown parameter is found within
a citation template an error message is generated, and when possible the
software makes a suggestion for what the user may have meant by consulting this
list of common mistakes and typos.

Each entry takes the form:
['bad input parameter'] = 'suggested parameter to use'

The bad input parameter will have been transformed to lower case before
checking this list, so all input forms on this list should be written in lowercase.

{{#lst:Module:Citation/CS1/doc|module_components_table}}
<noinclude>
[[Category:Module documentation pages]]
</noinclude>

Módulo:Citation/CS1/doc

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

<section begin=header />{{sandbox other||
{{#switch:{{FULLPAGENAME}}
|Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions={{high-use |article-space=yes |no-percent=yes}}
|#default={{high-risk |article-space=yes |no-percent=yes}}
}}
{{Module rating|p}}
{{cascade-protected template|page=module}}
{{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Module:Citation/CS1|{{Uses TemplateStyles|Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css}}}}}}<section end=header />
This module and associated sub-modules support the {{cs1}} and {{cs2}} citation templates. In general, it is not intended to be called directly, but is called by one of the core CS1 and CS2 templates.
<section begin=module_components_table />
These files comprise the module support for CS1|2 citation templates:
{| class="wikitable" style="margin: 1em auto 1em auto;"
|+CS1 {{pipe}} CS2 modules
|-
!colspan="2"|live!!colspan="2"|sandbox!!diff!!description
|-
| rowspan="8"| [[File:Full-protection-shackle.svg|20px|alt=Gold padlock|link=|sysop]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| Rendering and support functions
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FConfiguration&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FConfiguration%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| Translation tables; error and identifier handlers
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FWhitelist&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FWhitelist%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| List of active and deprecated CS1{{pipe}}2 parameters
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Date validation/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FDate+validation&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FDate+validation%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff] || Date format validation functions
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FIdentifiers&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FIdentifiers%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| Functions that support the named identifiers (ISBN, DOI, PMID, etc.)
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FUtilities&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FUtilities%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| Common functions and tables
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/COinS]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/COinS/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FCOinS&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FCOinS%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| Functions that render a CS1{{pipe}}2 template's metadata
|-
| [[Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/sandbox/styles.css&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2Fstyles.css&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2Fsandbox%2Fstyles.css&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| [[CSS]] styles applied to the CS1{{pipe}}2 templates
|-
| [[File:Template-protection-shackle.svg|20px|alt=Silver padlock|link=|auto confirmed]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions]] || [[Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox]] || {{Plain link|url=https://en.wikipedia.org/w/index.php?title=Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions/sandbox&action=edit|name=[edit<nowiki>]</nowiki>}} ||[https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Special:ComparePages?page1=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FSuggestions&rev1=&page2=Module%3ACitation%2FCS1%2FSuggestions%2Fsandbox&rev2=&action=&diffonly=&unhide= diff]|| List that maps common erroneous parameter names to valid parameter names
|}
<section end=module_components_table />

Other documentation:
* [[Module talk:Citation/CS1/Feature requests]]
* [[Module talk:Citation/CS1/COinS]]
* [[Module:Cs1 documentation support]] – a set of functions (some experimental) that extract information from the module suite for the purpose of documenting CS1|2
** [[Module:Citation/CS1/doc/Category list]] – lists of category names taken directly from [[Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration]] and [[Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration/sandbox]]
testcases
*[[Module:Citation/CS1/testcases]] ([[Module talk:Citation/CS1/testcases|run]])
*[[Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/errors]] ([[Module talk:Citation/CS1/testcases/errors|run]]) – error and maintenance messaging
*[[Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/dates]] ([[Module talk:Citation/CS1/testcases/dates|run]]) – date validation
*[[Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/identifiers]] ([[Module talk:Citation/CS1/testcases/identifiers|run]]) – identifiers
*[[Module:Citation/CS1/testcases/anchor]] ([[Module talk:Citation/CS1/testcases/anchor|run]]) – CITEREF anchors

<includeonly>{{sandbox other||
{{#ifeq:{{FULLPAGENAME}}|Module:CS1|{{Rcat shell|{{R to subpage}} {{R from shortcut}}}}}}
[[Category:Modules that add a tracking category]]
{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|Identifiers|[[Category:Modules using data from Wikidata]]}}
}}</includeonly><noinclude>[[Category:Module documentation pages]]</noinclude>

Plantilla:Cascade-protected template

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{mbox
| type = protection
| image = [[File:Cascade-protection-shackle.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=]]
| text = This {{{page|template}}} can only be edited by [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrators]] because it is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] onto one or more [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#Cascading protection|cascade-protected]] pages.
}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Message box/ombox.css

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

/* {{pp|small=y}} */
.ombox {
margin: 4px 0;
border-collapse: collapse;
border: 1px solid #a2a9b1; /* Default "notice" gray */
background-color: var(--background-color-neutral-subtle, #f8f9fa);
box-sizing: border-box;
color: var(--color-base, #202122);
}

/* For the "small=yes" option. */
.ombox.mbox-small {
font-size: 88%;
line-height: 1.25em;
}

.ombox-speedy {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
background-color: #fee7e6; /* Pink */
}

.ombox-delete {
border: 2px solid #b32424; /* Red */
}

.ombox-content {
border: 1px solid #f28500; /* Orange */
}

.ombox-style {
border: 1px solid #fc3; /* Yellow */
}

.ombox-move {
border: 1px solid #9932cc; /* Purple */
}

.ombox-protection {
border: 2px solid #a2a9b1; /* Gray-gold */
}

.ombox .mbox-text {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 0.25em 0.9em;
width: 100%;
}

.ombox .mbox-image {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0 2px 0.9em;
text-align: center;
}

.ombox .mbox-imageright {
border: none;
/* @noflip */
padding: 2px 0.9em 2px 0;
text-align: center;
}

/* An empty narrow cell */
.ombox .mbox-empty-cell {
border: none;
padding: 0;
width: 1px;
}

.ombox .mbox-invalid-type {
text-align: center;
}

@media (min-width: 720px) {
.ombox {
margin: 4px 10%;
}

.ombox.mbox-small {
/* @noflip */
clear: right;
/* @noflip */
float: right;
/* @noflip */
margin: 4px 0 4px 1em;
width: 238px;
}
}

/** T367463 */
body.skin--responsive table.ombox img {
max-width: none !important;
}

@media screen {
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .ombox-speedy {
background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */
}
}

@media screen and (prefers-color-scheme: dark) {
html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .ombox-speedy {
background-color: #310402; /* Dark red, same hue/saturation as light */
}
}

Plantilla:Module rating

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

<noinclude>{{Being deleted|2025 March 1|Template:Template rating|merge=Template:Template rating}}</noinclude><includeonly>{{#ifeq:{{SUBPAGENAME}}|doc|{{#if:{{{2|}}}|{{Pp|{{{2}}}|action={{{3|}}}}}}}|{{Module other|{{ombox
| type = notice
| image = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| pre-alpha | prealpha | pa | experimental = [[File:Ambox warning blue construction.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Pre-alpha]]
| alpha | a = [[File:Greek lc alpha icon.svg|26x26px|link=|alt=Alpha|class=skin-invert]]
| beta | b = [[File:Greek lc beta icon.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Beta|class=skin-invert]]
| release | r | general | g | stable
| protected | protect | p
| semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = [[File:Green check.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Ready for use]]
| broken | br | unstable = [[File:Red x.svg|40x40px|link=|alt=Unstable]]
}}
| style =
| textstyle =
| text = {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| pre-alpha | prealpha | pa | experimental = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|pre-alpha]]. It is unfinished, and may or may not be in active development. It should not be used from article namespace pages. Modules remain pre-alpha until the original editor (or someone who takes one over if it is abandoned for some time) is satisfied with the basic structure.
| alpha | a = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in alpha|alpha]]. It is ready for third-party input, and may be used on a few pages to see if problems arise, but should be watched. Suggestions for new features or changes in their input and output mechanisms are welcome.
| beta | b = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules in beta|beta]], and is ready for widespread use. It is still new and should be used with some caution to ensure the results are as expected.
| release | r | general | g | stable
| protected | protect | p
| semiprotected | semiprotect | semi = This module is rated as [[:Category:Modules for general use|ready for general use]]. It has reached a mature form and is thought to be relatively bug-free and ready for use wherever appropriate. It is ready to mention on help pages and other Wikipedia resources as an option for new users to learn. To reduce server load and bad output, it should be improved by [[Wikipedia:Template sandbox and test cases|sandbox testing]] rather than repeated trial-and-error editing.
| broken | br | unstable = This module is rated as [[:Category:Unstable modules|unstable]]. It contains either missing dependencies, compatibility errors, or output errors that make it unusable. Please help [[Special:EditPage/{{FULLPAGENAME}}|improve compatibility of this module]], or [[Wikipedia:Templates for discussion|nominate this module for deletion]] if it is unfixable.
| #default = {{error|Module rating is invalid or not specified.}}
}}
}}{{#if:{{{demopage|}}}{{{demospace|}}}||
{{#ifeq: {{FULLPAGENAME}} | Sandbox
| 
| {{#switch: {{SUBPAGENAME}}
| doc | sandbox =
| {{#ifeq: {{{nocat|}}} | true
| 
| {{#switch: {{{1|}}}
| pre-alpha | prealpha | pa | experimental = [[Category:Modules in pre-alpha development|{{PAGENAME}}]]
| alpha | a = [[Category:Modules in alpha|{{PAGENAME}}]]
| beta | b = [[Category:Modules in beta|{{PAGENAME}}]]
| release | r | general | g | stable = [[Category:Modules for general use|{{PAGENAME}}]]
| broken | br | unstable = [[Category:Unstable modules|{{PAGENAME}}]]
}}
}}
}}
}}
}}{{Module rating/protected|nocat={{{nocat|false}}}|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}{{#if:{{{demopage|}}}|{{!}}demopage={{{demopage|}}}}}}}|{{error|Error: {{tl|Module rating}} must be placed in the Module namespace.}} [[Category:Pages with templates in the wrong namespace]]|demospace={{{demospace|<noinclude>module</noinclude>}}}}}}}</includeonly><noinclude>
{{module rating|release|nocat=true|demospace=module|demopage=Module:This module is not protected}}
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Transclusion count/data/C

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

return {
["C"] = 735000,
["C-Class"] = 17000,
["C-SPAN"] = 13000,
["C-cmn"] = 2700,
["C-pl"] = 51000,
["C."] = 5400,
["CAN"] = 20000,
["CANelec"] = 18000,
["CANelec/gain"] = 3200,
["CANelec/hold"] = 6200,
["CANelec/source"] = 9900,
["CANelec/top"] = 8000,
["CANelec/total"] = 8800,
["CAS"] = 3800,
["CBB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 3400,
["CBB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 3500,
["CBB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 3300,
["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 4000,
["CBB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 3200,
["CBB_roster/Footer"] = 9700,
["CBB_roster/Header"] = 9700,
["CBB_roster/Player"] = 9700,
["CBB_schedule_end"] = 13000,
["CBB_schedule_entry"] = 13000,
["CBB_schedule_start"] = 13000,
["CBB_standings_end"] = 18000,
["CBB_standings_entry"] = 18000,
["CBB_standings_start"] = 18000,
["CBB_yearly_record_end"] = 4500,
["CBB_yearly_record_end/legend"] = 4000,
["CBB_yearly_record_entry"] = 4500,
["CBB_yearly_record_start"] = 4400,
["CBB_yearly_record_subhead"] = 4100,
["CBB_yearly_record_subtotal"] = 4200,
["CBSB_Standings_End"] = 2400,
["CBSB_Standings_Entry"] = 2400,
["CBSB_Standings_Start"] = 2400,
["CBSB_link"] = 3900,
["CBSB_standings_end"] = 5100,
["CBSB_standings_entry"] = 5100,
["CBSB_standings_start"] = 5100,
["CC0"] = 3700,
["CC_BY-SA_2.5"] = 2100,
["CC_BY-SA_2.5,_2.0,_1.0"] = 2200,
["CC_BY-SA_3.0"] = 21000,
["CC_BY-SA_3.0_migrated"] = 20000,
["CC_BY-SA_4.0"] = 12000,
["CC_BY_2.5"] = 2700,
["CC_BY_3.0"] = 7200,
["CFB_Standings_End"] = 16000,
["CFB_Standings_Entry"] = 16000,
["CFB_Standings_Start"] = 16000,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_End"] = 7700,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_End/legend"] = 2900,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_Entry"] = 7700,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_Start"] = 7700,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subhead"] = 7700,
["CFB_Yearly_Record_Subtotal"] = 7600,
["CFB_schedule"] = 28000,
["CFB_schedule_entry"] = 21000,
["CFB_standings_end"] = 38000,
["CFB_standings_entry"] = 38000,
["CFB_standings_start"] = 38000,
["CFL_Year"] = 6600,
["CGF_year"] = 3300,
["CGNDB_URL"] = 4000,
["CHE"] = 11000,
["CHI"] = 3100,
["CHL"] = 4000,
["CHN"] = 13000,
["CN"] = 4200,
["CO2"] = 3400,
["COI"] = 14000,
["COIUL"] = 129000,
["COI_editnotice"] = 7300,
["COL"] = 5400,
["COLON"] = 14000,
["CRI"] = 2300,
["CRO"] = 6400,
["CS1_config"] = 12000,
["CSK"] = 2800,
["CSS_image_crop"] = 7100,
["CUB"] = 4000,
["CURRENTDATE"] = 3600,
["CURRENTMINUTE"] = 2600,
["CYP"] = 2200,
["CZE"] = 16000,
["Calendar"] = 2500,
["Calendar/styles.css"] = 2700,
["California/color"] = 12000,
["Call_sign_disambiguation"] = 3100,
["Campaignbox"] = 25000,
["CanProvName"] = 18000,
["CanadaByProvinceCatNav"] = 9200,
["CanadaProvinceThe"] = 4300,
["Canada_NTS_Map_Sheet"] = 2100,
["Canada_by_province_category_navigation"] = 9500,
["Canadian_English"] = 11000,
["Canadian_Parliament_links"] = 5100,
["Canadian_election_result"] = 18000,
["Canadian_election_result/gain"] = 3300,
["Canadian_election_result/hold"] = 6400,
["Canadian_election_result/source"] = 12000,
["Canadian_election_result/top"] = 18000,
["Canadian_election_result/total"] = 14000,
["Canadian_party_colour"] = 10000,
["Canadian_party_colour/colour"] = 22000,
["Canadian_party_colour/colour/default"] = 22000,
["Canadian_party_colour/name"] = 18000,
["Canadian_party_colour/name/default"] = 8200,
["Canadian_province_name"] = 18000,
["Canned_search"] = 7500,
["Cascite"] = 16000,
["Caselaw_source"] = 4400,
["Cassini-Ehess"] = 3000,
["Cast_listing"] = 24000,
["Castlist"] = 4000,
["Cat"] = 415000,
["CatAutoTOC"] = 472000,
["CatRel"] = 3700,
["CatTrack"] = 19000,
["Cat_class"] = 6900,
["Cat_main"] = 170000,
["Cat_more"] = 103000,
["Cat_more_if_exists"] = 29000,
["Cat_see_also"] = 3800,
["Catalog_lookup_link"] = 520000,
["Catalog_of_Fishes"] = 7200,
["Catalogue_of_Life"] = 4300,
["Category"] = 2100,
["Category-Class"] = 14000,
["Category-inline"] = 9400,
["Category_TOC"] = 81000,
["Category_TOC/tracking"] = 81000,
["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year"] = 7400,
["Category_U.S._State_elections_by_year/core"] = 7400,
["Category_class"] = 28000,
["Category_described_in_year"] = 6200,
["Category_diffuse"] = 8700,
["Category_disambiguation"] = 2600,
["Category_explanation"] = 365000,
["Category_handler"] = 3560000,
["Category_if_exists"] = 75000,
["Category_ifexist"] = 4800,
["Category_importance"] = 9100,
["Category_link"] = 589000,
["Category_link/core"] = 589000,
["Category_link_if_exists"] = 72000,
["Category_link_with_count"] = 7400,
["Category_link_without_namespace"] = 736000,
["Category_links"] = 9500,
["Category_main_article"] = 225000,
["Category_more"] = 116000,
["Category_more_if_exists"] = 42000,
["Category_ordered_by_date"] = 12000,
["Category_other"] = 979000,
["Category_pair"] = 2000,
["Category_redirect"] = 169000,
["Category_redirect/core"] = 169000,
["Category_see_also"] = 48000,
["Category_see_also/Category_pair_check"] = 48000,
["Category_see_also_if_exists"] = 74000,
["Category_see_also_if_exists_2"] = 101000,
["Category_series_navigation"] = 541000,
["Category_title"] = 2400,
["Catexp"] = 5800,
["CathEncy"] = 2300,
["Catholic"] = 3700,
["Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 5100,
["Catmain"] = 33000,
["Catmore"] = 10000,
["Catseealso"] = 2200,
["Cbb_link"] = 9900,
["Cbignore"] = 122000,
["Cbsb_link"] = 2400,
["Cc-by-2.5"] = 2700,
["Cc-by-3.0"] = 7200,
["Cc-by-sa-2.5"] = 2100,
["Cc-by-sa-2.5,2.0,1.0"] = 2200,
["Cc-by-sa-3.0"] = 21000,
["Cc-by-sa-3.0-migrated"] = 20000,
["Cc-by-sa-4.0"] = 12000,
["Cc-zero"] = 3600,
["CensusAU"] = 9000,
["Census_2016_AUS"] = 5900,
["Census_2021_AUS"] = 5900,
["Cent"] = 6400,
["Center"] = 262000,
["Centralized_discussion"] = 6800,
["Centralized_discussion/core"] = 6800,
["Centralized_discussion/styles.css"] = 6800,
["Centre"] = 3700,
["Century"] = 15000,
["Century_name_from_decade"] = 2400,
["Century_name_from_decade_or_year"] = 124000,
["Century_name_from_title_decade"] = 7100,
["Century_name_from_title_year"] = 8200,
["Certification_Cite_Ref"] = 35000,
["Certification_Table_Bottom"] = 35000,
["Certification_Table_Entry"] = 36000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot"] = 34000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Foot/helper"] = 34000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/MexicanAward"] = 2200,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Region"] = 36000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales"] = 34000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/AustrianPeriod"] = 2300,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/BelgianPeriod"] = 2300,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriod"] = 4000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper1"] = 4000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/DanishPeriodHelper2"] = 4000,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/GermanPeriod"] = 4100,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/ItalianHelper"] = 4200,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/MexicanSales"] = 2100,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/NewZealandPeriod"] = 5500,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/SpanishSinglesPeriod"] = 2600,
["Certification_Table_Entry/Sales/SwedishPeriod"] = 2200,
["Certification_Table_Separator"] = 3000,
["Certification_Table_Top"] = 36000,
["Cfb_link"] = 26000,
["Chart_bottom"] = 4200,
["Chart_top"] = 4200,
["Check_completeness_of_transclusions"] = 50000,
["Check_talk"] = 58000,
["Check_talk_wp"] = 1410000,
["Check_winner_by_scores"] = 15000,
["CheckedSockpuppet"] = 7200,
["Checked_sockpuppet"] = 18000,
["Checkedsockpuppet"] = 5300,
["Checkip"] = 14000,
["Checkuser"] = 84000,
["Checkuserblock-account"] = 31000,
["Chem"] = 6100,
["Chem/atom"] = 6000,
["Chem/link"] = 6100,
["Chem2"] = 8300,
["Chem_molar_mass"] = 20000,
["Chem_molar_mass/format"] = 20000,
["Chembox"] = 15000,
["Chembox/styles.css"] = 15000,
["Chembox_3DMet"] = 15000,
["Chembox_AllOtherNames"] = 14000,
["Chembox_AllOtherNames/format"] = 14000,
["Chembox_Appearance"] = 6800,
["Chembox_BoilingPt"] = 4000,
["Chembox_CASNo"] = 15000,
["Chembox_CASNo/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_CalcTemperatures"] = 7200,
["Chembox_ChEBI"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ChEBI/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ChEMBL"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ChEMBL/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ChemSpiderID"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ChemSpiderID/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_CompTox"] = 15000,
["Chembox_CompTox/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Datapage_check"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Density"] = 5400,
["Chembox_DrugBank"] = 15000,
["Chembox_DrugBank/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ECHA"] = 8000,
["Chembox_ECNumber"] = 15000,
["Chembox_ECNumber/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Elements"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Elements/molecular_formula"] = 20000,
["Chembox_FlashPt"] = 2000,
["Chembox_Footer"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Footer/tracking"] = 15000,
["Chembox_GHS_(set)"] = 3900,
["Chembox_Hazards"] = 12000,
["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand"] = 15000,
["Chembox_IUPHAR_ligand/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Identifiers"] = 15000,
["Chembox_InChI"] = 14000,
["Chembox_InChI/format"] = 14000,
["Chembox_Indexlist"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Jmol"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Jmol/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_KEGG"] = 15000,
["Chembox_KEGG/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_MeltingPt"] = 6300,
["Chembox_Properties"] = 15000,
["Chembox_PubChem"] = 15000,
["Chembox_PubChem/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_RTECS"] = 15000,
["Chembox_RTECS/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_Related"] = 3800,
["Chembox_SMILES"] = 14000,
["Chembox_SMILES/format"] = 14000,
["Chembox_SolubilityInWater"] = 4200,
["Chembox_Structure"] = 2200,
["Chembox_UNII"] = 15000,
["Chembox_UNII/format"] = 15000,
["Chembox_headerbar"] = 15000,
["Chembox_image"] = 14000,
["Chembox_image_cell"] = 13000,
["Chembox_image_sbs"] = 14000,
["Chembox_parametercheck"] = 14000,
["Chembox_setDatarow"] = 5000,
["Chembox_setHeader"] = 5000,
["Chembox_templatePar/formatPreviewMessage"] = 15000,
["Chembox_verification"] = 7100,
["Chemspidercite"] = 11000,
["Chessgames_player"] = 3800,
["Chinese"] = 5800,
["Circa"] = 104000,
["Circular_reference"] = 4000,
["Citation"] = 442000,
["Citation/make_link"] = 7100,
["Citation/styles.css"] = 51000,
["Citation_needed"] = 607000,
["Citation_needed_span"] = 3600,
["Citation_style"] = 4400,
["Cite_AV_media"] = 64000,
["Cite_AV_media_notes"] = 30000,
["Cite_Appletons'"] = 2400,
["Cite_Australian_Dictionary_of_Biography"] = 4500,
["Cite_Box_Office_Mojo"] = 2100,
["Cite_Catholic_Encyclopedia"] = 8500,
["Cite_Colledge2006"] = 3100,
["Cite_DCB"] = 3200,
["Cite_DGRBM"] = 2100,
["Cite_DNB"] = 19000,
["Cite_EB1911"] = 26000,
["Cite_FTP"] = 2600,
["Cite_GBIF"] = 3100,
["Cite_GNIS"] = 2200,
["Cite_Gaia_DR3"] = 2200,
["Cite_Google_Maps"] = 16000,
["Cite_Hansard"] = 2500,
["Cite_IUCN"] = 66000,
["Cite_Instagram"] = 4900,
["Cite_Jewish_Encyclopedia"] = 3200,
["Cite_NIE"] = 3500,
["Cite_NSW_Parliament"] = 3300,
["Cite_NSW_SHR"] = 2600,
["Cite_ODNB"] = 21000,
["Cite_OED"] = 2200,
["Cite_POWO"] = 4600,
["Cite_Q"] = 55000,
["Cite_QHR"] = 3100,
["Cite_QPN"] = 4000,
["Cite_Rotten_Tomatoes"] = 2500,
["Cite_Rowlett"] = 2500,
["Cite_Russian_law"] = 7800,
["Cite_Ryan"] = 3300,
["Cite_Sports-Reference"] = 55000,
["Cite_USGov"] = 10000,
["Cite_WoRMS"] = 8000,
["Cite_act"] = 3500,
["Cite_arXiv"] = 6200,
["Cite_bcgnis"] = 3600,
["Cite_book"] = 1790000,
["Cite_certification"] = 40000,
["Cite_certification/Title"] = 36000,
["Cite_certification/URL"] = 40000,
["Cite_certification/United_Kingdom_helper"] = 17000,
["Cite_certification/archivedate"] = 7300,
["Cite_certification/archiveurl"] = 7300,
["Cite_cgndb"] = 4000,
["Cite_comic"] = 2100,
["Cite_conference"] = 19000,
["Cite_court"] = 6100,
["Cite_dictionary"] = 3000,
["Cite_encyclopedia"] = 222000,
["Cite_episode"] = 18000,
["Cite_gnis"] = 29000,
["Cite_instagram"] = 2400,
["Cite_interview"] = 9800,
["Cite_iucn"] = 65000,
["Cite_journal"] = 1110000,
["Cite_magazine"] = 346000,
["Cite_map"] = 50000,
["Cite_news"] = 1770000,
["Cite_newspaper_The_Times"] = 6900,
["Cite_patent"] = 6500,
["Cite_patent/authors"] = 5400,
["Cite_patent/core"] = 6800,
["Cite_peakbagger"] = 5200,
["Cite_podcast"] = 5300,
["Cite_press_release"] = 78000,
["Cite_report"] = 65000,
["Cite_rowlett"] = 2500,
["Cite_ship_register"] = 2000,
["Cite_simbad"] = 5100,
["Cite_sports-reference"] = 60000,
["Cite_taxon"] = 3900,
["Cite_tech_report"] = 2400,
["Cite_thesis"] = 43000,
["Cite_tweet"] = 44000,
["Cite_video"] = 12000,
["Cite_video_game"] = 3200,
["Cite_web"] = 5080000,
["Cite_wikisource"] = 6300,
["Cite_wikisource/make_link"] = 63000,
["Citeweb"] = 2500,
["Civil_navigation"] = 2600,
["Cjersey"] = 2500,
["Cl"] = 173000,
["Clade"] = 9300,
["Clade/styles.css"] = 9300,
["Clarification_needed"] = 2400,
["Clarify"] = 44000,
["Class"] = 42000,
["Class/colour"] = 19000,
["Class/icon"] = 21000,
["Class_mask"] = 328000,
["Class_mask/b"] = 42000,
["Classicon"] = 5100,
["Clc"] = 6100,
["Cleanup"] = 9000,
["Cleanup_bare_URLs"] = 4400,
["Cleanup_reorganize"] = 2500,
["Cleanup_rewrite"] = 6600,
["Cleanup_road_junction_list"] = 2100,
["Clear"] = 3280000,
["Clear-left"] = 2000,
["Clear_left"] = 28000,
["Clear_right"] = 2700,
["Clerk_Request"] = 2400,
["Clerk_note"] = 11000,
["Clerknote"] = 8200,
["Clickable_button"] = 1090000,
["Clickable_button_2"] = 232000,
["Closed_access"] = 5300,
["Closed_peer_review_page"] = 2100,
["Closed_rfc_bottom"] = 2000,
["Closed_rfc_top"] = 2700,
["Clr"] = 3200,
["Club_players_category"] = 9300,
["Clubplayerscat"] = 9300,
["Cmbox"] = 519000,
["Cn"] = 113000,
["Cnote2"] = 2600,
["Cnote2_Begin"] = 2600,
["Cnote2_End"] = 2600,
["Coat_of_arms"] = 2400,
["Cob"] = 13000,
["Code"] = 68000,
["Cof_family"] = 3400,
["Cof_genus"] = 3500,
["Col-1-of-2"] = 2400,
["Col-2"] = 181000,
["Col-2-of-2"] = 2300,
["Col-3"] = 11000,
["Col-4"] = 3700,
["Col-begin"] = 225000,
["Col-begin/styles.css"] = 225000,
["Col-break"] = 223000,
["Col-end"] = 225000,
["Col-float"] = 3000,
["Col-float-break"] = 2900,
["Col-float-end"] = 3000,
["Col-float/styles.css"] = 3000,
["Col-start"] = 12000,
["Col_div"] = 2600,
["Col_div_end"] = 2100,
["Colbegin"] = 20000,
["Colend"] = 23000,
["Collapse"] = 14000,
["Collapse_bottom"] = 55000,
["Collapse_top"] = 56000,
["Collapse_top/styles.css"] = 56000,
["Collapsebottom"] = 3900,
["Collapsed_infobox_section_begin"] = 3600,
["Collapsed_infobox_section_end"] = 3600,
["Collapsetop"] = 4000,
["Collapsible_list"] = 62000,
["Collapsible_option"] = 144000,
["College"] = 11000,
["CollegePrimaryHeader"] = 7600,
["CollegePrimaryStyle"] = 106000,
["CollegeSecondaryStyle"] = 6400,
["College_Athlete_Recruit_End"] = 2700,
["College_Athlete_Recruit_Entry"] = 2900,
["College_Athlete_Recruit_Start"] = 2800,
["College_athlete_recruit_end"] = 4600,
["College_athlete_recruit_entry"] = 4800,
["College_athlete_recruit_start"] = 4800,
["College_color_list"] = 4200,
["College_stripe_style"] = 2400,
["Colon"] = 20000,
["Color"] = 515000,
["Color/styles.css"] = 515000,
["Color_box"] = 82000,
["Colorbox"] = 3100,
["Colorbull"] = 4500,
["Colored_link"] = 96000,
["Coloredlink"] = 2400,
["Colors"] = 3800,
["Colour"] = 5600,
["Colour_box"] = 2300,
["Coloured_link"] = 10000,
["Column"] = 3700,
["Column/styles.css"] = 3800,
["Columns-end"] = 3400,
["Columns-list"] = 115000,
["Columns-start"] = 3500,
["Comic_Book_DB"] = 3500,
["Comicbookdb"] = 3400,
["Comics-replaceability"] = 2900,
["Comics_infobox_sec/creator_nat"] = 2300,
["Comics_infobox_sec/formcat"] = 3400,
["Comics_infobox_sec/genre"] = 4200,
["Comics_infobox_sec/genrecat"] = 3800,
["Comics_infobox_sec/styles.css"] = 8300,
["Comma_separated_entries"] = 465000,
["Comment"] = 6300,
["Committed_identity"] = 3100,
["Committed_identity/styles.css"] = 3100,
["Commons"] = 69000,
["Commons-inline"] = 23000,
["Commons_cat"] = 48000,
["Commons_category"] = 882000,
["Commons_category-inline"] = 169000,
["Commons_category_inline"] = 5900,
["Commonscat"] = 61000,
["Commonscat-inline"] = 16000,
["Commonscat_inline"] = 2300,
["Commonscatinline"] = 8200,
["Compact_TOC"] = 7200,
["Compact_ToC"] = 3700,
["Compare"] = 6500,
["Compare_image_with_Wikidata"] = 11000,
["Composition_bar"] = 12000,
["Confirmed"] = 19000,
["Confused"] = 3200,
["Confusing"] = 2500,
["CongBio"] = 9600,
["CongLinks"] = 4700,
["Connected_contributor"] = 19000,
["Connected_contributor_(paid)"] = 8700,
["Constellation_navbox"] = 8800,
["Container"] = 12000,
["Container_cat"] = 9100,
["Container_category"] = 53000,
["Containercat"] = 2900,
["Contains_special_characters"] = 4500,
["Contains_special_characters/core"] = 4500,
["Contains_special_characters/styles.css"] = 4500,
["Content_category"] = 7900,
["Contentious_topics/Additional_restrictions.json"] = 16000,
["Contentious_topics/Arab-Israeli_editnotice"] = 4900,
["Contentious_topics/Arab-Israeli_talk_notice"] = 5400,
["Contentious_topics/Category_database.json"] = 16000,
["Contentious_topics/Restrictions_definition.json"] = 16000,
["Contentious_topics/Standard_set.json"] = 16000,
["Contentious_topics/list"] = 22000,
["Contentious_topics/page_restriction_editnotice_base"] = 5300,
["Contentious_topics/talk_notice"] = 16000,
["Contentious_topics/talk_notice/ECR_warning"] = 6400,
["Context"] = 2800,
["Continent2continental"] = 41000,
["Continent_adjective_to_noun"] = 2500,
["Controversial"] = 3400,
["Convert"] = 1250000,
["Convert_abbreviated"] = 130000,
["Convinfobox"] = 224000,
["Coord"] = 1380000,
["Coord_missing"] = 82000,
["Coord_missing/CheckCat"] = 81000,
["Coords"] = 6600,
["Copied"] = 21000,
["Copy_edit"] = 2800,
["Copy_to_Wikimedia_Commons"] = 87000,
["Copy_to_Wikimedia_Commons_in"] = 3600,
["Cospar"] = 2700,
["Cot"] = 13000,
["Count"] = 882000,
["Country2continent"] = 75000,
["Country2continental"] = 26000,
["Country2nationality"] = 281000,
["CountryPrefixThe"] = 79000,
["Country_abbreviation"] = 94000,
["Country_alias"] = 17000,
["Country_at_games_navbox"] = 4400,
["Country_at_games_navbox/below"] = 4400,
["Country_data"] = 11000,
["Country_data_AFG"] = 2600,
["Country_data_ALB"] = 7600,
["Country_data_ALG"] = 11000,
["Country_data_AND"] = 3400,
["Country_data_ANG"] = 4500,
["Country_data_ARG"] = 51000,
["Country_data_ARM"] = 8000,
["Country_data_AUS"] = 85000,
["Country_data_AUT"] = 50000,
["Country_data_AZE"] = 10000,
["Country_data_Afghanistan"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Alaska"] = 2000,
["Country_data_Albania"] = 32000,
["Country_data_Alberta"] = 3200,
["Country_data_Algeria"] = 42000,
["Country_data_American_Samoa"] = 3100,
["Country_data_Andorra"] = 9400,
["Country_data_Angola"] = 19000,
["Country_data_Anguilla"] = 2700,
["Country_data_Antigua_and_Barbuda"] = 6600,
["Country_data_Apulia"] = 7900,
["Country_data_Arab_League"] = 2000,
["Country_data_Argentina"] = 137000,
["Country_data_Arizona"] = 2300,
["Country_data_Arkansas"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Armenia"] = 40000,
["Country_data_Aruba"] = 4000,
["Country_data_Australia"] = 258000,
["Country_data_Austria"] = 130000,
["Country_data_Austria-Hungary"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Azerbaijan"] = 46000,
["Country_data_BAH"] = 4500,
["Country_data_BAN"] = 4200,
["Country_data_BAR"] = 2600,
["Country_data_BDI"] = 2100,
["Country_data_BEL"] = 57000,
["Country_data_BEN"] = 2000,
["Country_data_BER"] = 2400,
["Country_data_BFA"] = 2200,
["Country_data_BHR"] = 5500,
["Country_data_BIH"] = 14000,
["Country_data_BLR"] = 26000,
["Country_data_BOL"] = 6300,
["Country_data_BOT"] = 3000,
["Country_data_BRA"] = 63000,
["Country_data_BUL"] = 30000,
["Country_data_Bahamas"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Bahrain"] = 19000,
["Country_data_Bangladesh"] = 28000,
["Country_data_Barbados"] = 8800,
["Country_data_Belarus"] = 78000,
["Country_data_Belgium"] = 142000,
["Country_data_Belize"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Benin"] = 8100,
["Country_data_Bermuda"] = 6400,
["Country_data_Bhutan"] = 5100,
["Country_data_Bolivia"] = 22000,
["Country_data_Bosnia_and_Herzegovina"] = 47000,
["Country_data_Botswana"] = 10000,
["Country_data_Brazil"] = 157000,
["Country_data_British_Columbia"] = 3300,
["Country_data_British_Empire"] = 2000,
["Country_data_British_Raj"] = 2500,
["Country_data_British_Virgin_Islands"] = 3500,
["Country_data_Brunei"] = 7000,
["Country_data_Bulgaria"] = 89000,
["Country_data_Burkina_Faso"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Burma"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Burundi"] = 7000,
["Country_data_CAM"] = 2400,
["Country_data_CAN"] = 66000,
["Country_data_CGO"] = 2600,
["Country_data_CHE"] = 5400,
["Country_data_CHI"] = 19000,
["Country_data_CHL"] = 2300,
["Country_data_CHN"] = 46000,
["Country_data_CIV"] = 9300,
["Country_data_CMR"] = 9600,
["Country_data_COD"] = 3600,
["Country_data_COL"] = 28000,
["Country_data_CPV"] = 2400,
["Country_data_CRC"] = 7000,
["Country_data_CRO"] = 36000,
["Country_data_CUB"] = 13000,
["Country_data_CYP"] = 10000,
["Country_data_CZE"] = 52000,
["Country_data_California"] = 5900,
["Country_data_Cambodia"] = 9900,
["Country_data_Cameroon"] = 28000,
["Country_data_Canada"] = 247000,
["Country_data_Cape_Verde"] = 7100,
["Country_data_Castile_and_León"] = 2000,
["Country_data_Catalonia"] = 3400,
["Country_data_Cayman_Islands"] = 4600,
["Country_data_Central_African_Republic"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Chad"] = 5700,
["Country_data_Chile"] = 78000,
["Country_data_China"] = 134000,
["Country_data_Chinese_Taipei"] = 34000,
["Country_data_Colombia"] = 84000,
["Country_data_Colorado"] = 5300,
["Country_data_Commonwealth_of_Independent_States"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Comoros"] = 4800,
["Country_data_Confederate_States_of_America"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Connecticut"] = 3100,
["Country_data_Cook_Islands"] = 4100,
["Country_data_Costa_Rica"] = 28000,
["Country_data_Croatia"] = 94000,
["Country_data_Cuba"] = 39000,
["Country_data_Curaçao"] = 4000,
["Country_data_Cyprus"] = 40000,
["Country_data_Czech_Republic"] = 137000,
["Country_data_Czechoslovakia"] = 30000,
["Country_data_DEN"] = 39000,
["Country_data_DEU"] = 9700,
["Country_data_DNK"] = 4200,
["Country_data_DOM"] = 8000,
["Country_data_DRC"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Delaware"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Democratic_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Denmark"] = 110000,
["Country_data_Djibouti"] = 5200,
["Country_data_Dominica"] = 4500,
["Country_data_Dominican_Republic"] = 31000,
["Country_data_ECU"] = 13000,
["Country_data_EGY"] = 15000,
["Country_data_ENG"] = 52000,
["Country_data_ESA"] = 2400,
["Country_data_ESP"] = 81000,
["Country_data_EST"] = 16000,
["Country_data_ETH"] = 4400,
["Country_data_EU"] = 2500,
["Country_data_East_Germany"] = 25000,
["Country_data_East_Timor"] = 2000,
["Country_data_Ecuador"] = 42000,
["Country_data_Egypt"] = 58000,
["Country_data_El_Salvador"] = 21000,
["Country_data_Empire_of_Japan"] = 4200,
["Country_data_England"] = 151000,
["Country_data_Equatorial_Guinea"] = 5600,
["Country_data_Eritrea"] = 5700,
["Country_data_Estonia"] = 60000,
["Country_data_Eswatini"] = 5300,
["Country_data_Ethiopia"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Europe"] = 2400,
["Country_data_European_Union"] = 7800,
["Country_data_FIJ"] = 4200,
["Country_data_FIN"] = 39000,
["Country_data_FRA"] = 110000,
["Country_data_FRG"] = 18000,
["Country_data_FRO"] = 2100,
["Country_data_FR_Yugoslavia"] = 4400,
["Country_data_Faroe_Islands"] = 5900,
["Country_data_Federated_States_of_Micronesia"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Fiji"] = 19000,
["Country_data_Finland"] = 103000,
["Country_data_Florida"] = 6000,
["Country_data_France"] = 321000,
["Country_data_French_Guiana"] = 2100,
["Country_data_French_Polynesia"] = 4000,
["Country_data_GAB"] = 2600,
["Country_data_GAM"] = 2500,
["Country_data_GBR"] = 63000,
["Country_data_GDR"] = 11000,
["Country_data_GEO"] = 16000,
["Country_data_GER"] = 92000,
["Country_data_GHA"] = 11000,
["Country_data_GRE"] = 29000,
["Country_data_GUA"] = 5300,
["Country_data_GUI"] = 3700,
["Country_data_GUY"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Gabon"] = 8300,
["Country_data_Gambia"] = 7600,
["Country_data_Georgia"] = 8800,
["Country_data_Georgia_(U.S._state)"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Georgia_(country)"] = 48000,
["Country_data_German_Empire"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Germany"] = 278000,
["Country_data_Ghana"] = 42000,
["Country_data_Gibraltar"] = 5200,
["Country_data_Great_Britain"] = 113000,
["Country_data_Greece"] = 94000,
["Country_data_Greenland"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Grenada"] = 5800,
["Country_data_Guadeloupe"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Guam"] = 4800,
["Country_data_Guatemala"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Guernsey"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Guinea"] = 9400,
["Country_data_Guinea-Bissau"] = 5600,
["Country_data_Guyana"] = 7900,
["Country_data_HAI"] = 3400,
["Country_data_HKG"] = 14000,
["Country_data_HON"] = 4500,
["Country_data_HUN"] = 43000,
["Country_data_Haiti"] = 9700,
["Country_data_Hawaii"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Honduras"] = 19000,
["Country_data_Hong_Kong"] = 45000,
["Country_data_Hungary"] = 103000,
["Country_data_IDN"] = 5500,
["Country_data_INA"] = 11000,
["Country_data_IND"] = 32000,
["Country_data_IRE"] = 12000,
["Country_data_IRI"] = 6400,
["Country_data_IRL"] = 24000,
["Country_data_IRN"] = 7200,
["Country_data_IRQ"] = 4600,
["Country_data_ISL"] = 9300,
["Country_data_ISR"] = 22000,
["Country_data_ITA"] = 97000,
["Country_data_Iceland"] = 40000,
["Country_data_Idaho"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Illinois"] = 4300,
["Country_data_India"] = 244000,
["Country_data_Indiana"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Indonesia"] = 63000,
["Country_data_Iowa"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Iran"] = 147000,
["Country_data_Iraq"] = 21000,
["Country_data_Ireland"] = 58000,
["Country_data_Isle_of_Man"] = 3100,
["Country_data_Israel"] = 82000,
["Country_data_Italy"] = 272000,
["Country_data_Ivory_Coast"] = 29000,
["Country_data_JAM"] = 12000,
["Country_data_JOR"] = 4400,
["Country_data_JP"] = 8300,
["Country_data_JPN"] = 66000,
["Country_data_Jamaica"] = 39000,
["Country_data_Japan"] = 249000,
["Country_data_Jersey"] = 2800,
["Country_data_Jordan"] = 19000,
["Country_data_KAZ"] = 22000,
["Country_data_KEN"] = 9700,
["Country_data_KGZ"] = 4200,
["Country_data_KOR"] = 34000,
["Country_data_KOS"] = 3100,
["Country_data_KSA"] = 7200,
["Country_data_KUW"] = 4400,
["Country_data_Kazakhstan"] = 59000,
["Country_data_Kenya"] = 32000,
["Country_data_Kingdom_of_France"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain"] = 4800,
["Country_data_Kingdom_of_Italy"] = 4600,
["Country_data_Kiribati"] = 2900,
["Country_data_Kosovo"] = 10000,
["Country_data_Kuwait"] = 18000,
["Country_data_Kyrgyzstan"] = 11000,
["Country_data_LAT"] = 16000,
["Country_data_LBN"] = 2800,
["Country_data_LBR"] = 2000,
["Country_data_LIB"] = 2600,
["Country_data_LIE"] = 3600,
["Country_data_LIT"] = 3600,
["Country_data_LTU"] = 14000,
["Country_data_LUX"] = 11000,
["Country_data_LVA"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Laos"] = 8000,
["Country_data_Latvia"] = 49000,
["Country_data_Lebanon"] = 22000,
["Country_data_Lesotho"] = 5700,
["Country_data_Liberia"] = 8100,
["Country_data_Libya"] = 9300,
["Country_data_Liechtenstein"] = 9000,
["Country_data_Lithuania"] = 48000,
["Country_data_Louisiana"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Luxembourg"] = 41000,
["Country_data_MAC"] = 2700,
["Country_data_MAD"] = 2300,
["Country_data_MAR"] = 15000,
["Country_data_MAS"] = 12000,
["Country_data_MDA"] = 8600,
["Country_data_MEX"] = 33000,
["Country_data_MGL"] = 3300,
["Country_data_MKD"] = 8300,
["Country_data_MLI"] = 5000,
["Country_data_MLT"] = 6200,
["Country_data_MNE"] = 8700,
["Country_data_MON"] = 4300,
["Country_data_MOZ"] = 2500,
["Country_data_MRI"] = 2200,
["Country_data_MYA"] = 3200,
["Country_data_MYS"] = 4000,
["Country_data_Macau"] = 6900,
["Country_data_Macedonia"] = 4700,
["Country_data_Madagascar"] = 9800,
["Country_data_Malawi"] = 6200,
["Country_data_Malaysia"] = 63000,
["Country_data_Maldives"] = 6800,
["Country_data_Mali"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Malta"] = 27000,
["Country_data_Manitoba"] = 2600,
["Country_data_Marshall_Islands"] = 3700,
["Country_data_Martinique"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Maryland"] = 3100,
["Country_data_Massachusetts"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Mauritania"] = 6200,
["Country_data_Mauritius"] = 8700,
["Country_data_Mexico"] = 102000,
["Country_data_Michigan"] = 3600,
["Country_data_Minnesota"] = 3400,
["Country_data_Missouri"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Moldova"] = 29000,
["Country_data_Monaco"] = 12000,
["Country_data_Mongolia"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Montana"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Montenegro"] = 31000,
["Country_data_Montserrat"] = 2700,
["Country_data_Morocco"] = 46000,
["Country_data_Mozambique"] = 8000,
["Country_data_Myanmar"] = 21000,
["Country_data_NAM"] = 3800,
["Country_data_NED"] = 69000,
["Country_data_NEP"] = 3200,
["Country_data_NGA"] = 9400,
["Country_data_NGR"] = 9600,
["Country_data_NIR"] = 11000,
["Country_data_NLD"] = 6900,
["Country_data_NOR"] = 34000,
["Country_data_NZ"] = 3300,
["Country_data_NZL"] = 37000,
["Country_data_Namibia"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Nauru"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Nazi_Germany"] = 9800,
["Country_data_Nepal"] = 27000,
["Country_data_Netherlands"] = 247000,
["Country_data_Netherlands_Antilles"] = 2500,
["Country_data_New_Brunswick"] = 2500,
["Country_data_New_Caledonia"] = 3500,
["Country_data_New_Jersey"] = 4100,
["Country_data_New_South_Wales"] = 6300,
["Country_data_New_York"] = 4000,
["Country_data_New_York_(state)"] = 6500,
["Country_data_New_Zealand"] = 106000,
["Country_data_Newfoundland_and_Labrador"] = 2600,
["Country_data_Nicaragua"] = 9000,
["Country_data_Niger"] = 6400,
["Country_data_Nigeria"] = 60000,
["Country_data_North_Carolina"] = 3700,
["Country_data_North_Korea"] = 21000,
["Country_data_North_Macedonia"] = 29000,
["Country_data_Northern_Ireland"] = 25000,
["Country_data_Northern_Mariana_Islands"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Norway"] = 107000,
["Country_data_Nova_Scotia"] = 2300,
["Country_data_OMA"] = 3100,
["Country_data_Ohio"] = 4700,
["Country_data_Oman"] = 10000,
["Country_data_Ontario"] = 3500,
["Country_data_Ottoman_Empire"] = 2900,
["Country_data_PAK"] = 8600,
["Country_data_PAN"] = 5900,
["Country_data_PAR"] = 11000,
["Country_data_PER"] = 13000,
["Country_data_PHI"] = 12000,
["Country_data_PLE"] = 2000,
["Country_data_PNG"] = 3000,
["Country_data_POL"] = 58000,
["Country_data_POR"] = 36000,
["Country_data_PRK"] = 4800,
["Country_data_PRT"] = 3400,
["Country_data_PUR"] = 7700,
["Country_data_Pakistan"] = 46000,
["Country_data_Palau"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Palestine"] = 7800,
["Country_data_Panama"] = 25000,
["Country_data_Papua_New_Guinea"] = 8500,
["Country_data_Paraguay"] = 38000,
["Country_data_Pennsylvania"] = 3400,
["Country_data_Peru"] = 56000,
["Country_data_Philippines"] = 60000,
["Country_data_Poland"] = 228000,
["Country_data_Portugal"] = 107000,
["Country_data_Prussia"] = 2800,
["Country_data_Puerto_Rico"] = 30000,
["Country_data_QAT"] = 9000,
["Country_data_Qatar"] = 28000,
["Country_data_Quebec"] = 4200,
["Country_data_Queensland"] = 2100,
["Country_data_ROM"] = 15000,
["Country_data_ROU"] = 30000,
["Country_data_RSA"] = 35000,
["Country_data_RUS"] = 68000,
["Country_data_RWA"] = 2300,
["Country_data_Republic_of_China"] = 6100,
["Country_data_Republic_of_Ireland"] = 48000,
["Country_data_Republic_of_the_Congo"] = 8200,
["Country_data_Romania"] = 103000,
["Country_data_Russia"] = 241000,
["Country_data_Russian_Empire"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Rwanda"] = 8500,
["Country_data_SAM"] = 3500,
["Country_data_SCG"] = 3000,
["Country_data_SCO"] = 29000,
["Country_data_SEN"] = 9300,
["Country_data_SER"] = 3800,
["Country_data_SGP"] = 3600,
["Country_data_SIN"] = 7100,
["Country_data_SLE"] = 2100,
["Country_data_SLO"] = 21000,
["Country_data_SLV"] = 3200,
["Country_data_SMR"] = 3400,
["Country_data_SPA"] = 5400,
["Country_data_SRB"] = 30000,
["Country_data_SRI"] = 5000,
["Country_data_SUI"] = 49000,
["Country_data_SUR"] = 2300,
["Country_data_SVK"] = 31000,
["Country_data_SVN"] = 7300,
["Country_data_SWE"] = 64000,
["Country_data_SWI"] = 5100,
["Country_data_SYR"] = 4000,
["Country_data_Saint_Kitts_and_Nevis"] = 5100,
["Country_data_Saint_Lucia"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Saint_Vincent_and_the_Grenadines"] = 5300,
["Country_data_Samoa"] = 8200,
["Country_data_San_Marino"] = 9800,
["Country_data_Saskatchewan"] = 3600,
["Country_data_Saudi_Arabia"] = 33000,
["Country_data_Scotland"] = 91000,
["Country_data_Senegal"] = 28000,
["Country_data_Serbia"] = 93000,
["Country_data_Serbia_and_Montenegro"] = 5300,
["Country_data_Seychelles"] = 6000,
["Country_data_Sierra_Leone"] = 7800,
["Country_data_Singapore"] = 44000,
["Country_data_Slovakia"] = 85000,
["Country_data_Slovenia"] = 79000,
["Country_data_Solomon_Islands"] = 5000,
["Country_data_Somalia"] = 6600,
["Country_data_South_Africa"] = 109000,
["Country_data_South_Australia"] = 2200,
["Country_data_South_Carolina"] = 3400,
["Country_data_South_Korea"] = 104000,
["Country_data_South_Sudan"] = 4600,
["Country_data_Soviet_Union"] = 68000,
["Country_data_Spain"] = 263000,
["Country_data_Sri_Lanka"] = 32000,
["Country_data_Sudan"] = 8700,
["Country_data_Suriname"] = 6800,
["Country_data_Sweden"] = 152000,
["Country_data_Switzerland"] = 136000,
["Country_data_Syria"] = 19000,
["Country_data_São_Tomé_and_Príncipe"] = 3600,
["Country_data_TAN"] = 3200,
["Country_data_TCH"] = 12000,
["Country_data_THA"] = 23000,
["Country_data_TJK"] = 2800,
["Country_data_TKM"] = 3000,
["Country_data_TOG"] = 2200,
["Country_data_TPE"] = 17000,
["Country_data_TRI"] = 5100,
["Country_data_TTO"] = 2000,
["Country_data_TUN"] = 12000,
["Country_data_TUR"] = 32000,
["Country_data_TWN"] = 2100,
["Country_data_Taiwan"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Tajikistan"] = 9700,
["Country_data_Tanzania"] = 20000,
["Country_data_Texas"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Thailand"] = 83000,
["Country_data_Timor-Leste"] = 5100,
["Country_data_Togo"] = 7700,
["Country_data_Tonga"] = 6900,
["Country_data_Trinidad_and_Tobago"] = 22000,
["Country_data_Tunisia"] = 40000,
["Country_data_Turkey"] = 126000,
["Country_data_Turkmenistan"] = 8500,
["Country_data_Turks_and_Caicos_Islands"] = 3000,
["Country_data_Tuvalu"] = 3000,
["Country_data_U.S."] = 2000,
["Country_data_U.S._Virgin_Islands"] = 5100,
["Country_data_UAE"] = 11000,
["Country_data_UGA"] = 5100,
["Country_data_UK"] = 18000,
["Country_data_UKGBI"] = 3200,
["Country_data_UKR"] = 43000,
["Country_data_URS"] = 18000,
["Country_data_URU"] = 16000,
["Country_data_US"] = 5100,
["Country_data_USA"] = 146000,
["Country_data_USSR"] = 5300,
["Country_data_UZB"] = 13000,
["Country_data_Uganda"] = 21000,
["Country_data_Ukraine"] = 107000,
["Country_data_United_Arab_Emirates"] = 34000,
["Country_data_United_Kingdom"] = 143000,
["Country_data_United_Kingdom_of_Great_Britain_and_Ireland"] = 4600,
["Country_data_United_Nations"] = 4300,
["Country_data_United_States"] = 416000,
["Country_data_United_States_of_America"] = 4800,
["Country_data_Uruguay"] = 47000,
["Country_data_Uzbekistan"] = 32000,
["Country_data_VEN"] = 18000,
["Country_data_VIE"] = 6800,
["Country_data_Vanuatu"] = 5400,
["Country_data_Vatican_City"] = 2900,
["Country_data_Venezuela"] = 58000,
["Country_data_Victoria"] = 2200,
["Country_data_Vietnam"] = 40000,
["Country_data_Virginia"] = 2900,
["Country_data_WAL"] = 19000,
["Country_data_Wales"] = 60000,
["Country_data_Washington"] = 2500,
["Country_data_Washington,_D.C."] = 2200,
["Country_data_Washington_(state)"] = 3000,
["Country_data_West_Germany"] = 45000,
["Country_data_West_Indies"] = 2800,
["Country_data_Wisconsin"] = 5100,
["Country_data_YUG"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Yemen"] = 8300,
["Country_data_Yugoslavia"] = 30000,
["Country_data_ZAF"] = 5200,
["Country_data_ZAM"] = 3700,
["Country_data_ZIM"] = 8900,
["Country_data_Zambia"] = 11000,
["Country_data_Zimbabwe"] = 27000,
["Country_flagbio"] = 37000,
["Country_in_the_Eurovision_Song_Contest"] = 2700,
["Country_name"] = 29000,
["Country_prefix_the"] = 132000,
["Country_showdata"] = 6600,
["Country_topics"] = 23000,
["County"] = 7000,
["County_(judet)_of_Romania"] = 3300,
["Course_assignment"] = 4200,
["Course_details"] = 7600,
["Course_instructor"] = 2900,
["Cquote"] = 37000,
["Cr"] = 4900,
["Cr-rt"] = 2300,
["Create_taxonomy/link"] = 128000,
["Creative_Commons_text_attribution_notice"] = 2700,
["Cref2"] = 2600,
["Cricinfo"] = 24000,
["Cricket_squad2_player"] = 2600,
["Cricketarchive"] = 3000,
["Croatian_Census_2021"] = 4200,
["Cross"] = 3600,
["Crossreference"] = 2100,
["Crossreference/styles.css"] = 2100,
["Cs1_config"] = 10000,
["Cslist"] = 2500,
["Cslist/styles.css"] = 2500,
["Currency"] = 4600,
["Current_events"] = 9000,
["Current_events/styles.css"] = 9000,
["Currentdate"] = 23000,
["Cvt"] = 130000,
["Cycling_Archives"] = 4400,
["Cycling_data_LTD"] = 2300,
["Cycling_data_MOV_men"] = 2200,
["Cycling_data_SOQ"] = 2100,
["Cycling_data_TVL"] = 2300,
["Cycling_data_UAD_men"] = 2200,
["Cycling_team_link"] = 13000,
["Module:CFB_schedule"] = 28000,
["Module:CallAssert"] = 116000,
["Module:Canada_NTS"] = 2100,
["Module:Canada_NTS/data"] = 2100,
["Module:Canada_by_province_category_navigation"] = 9500,
["Module:Catalog_lookup_link"] = 520000,
["Module:Category_described_in_year"] = 6200,
["Module:Category_described_in_year/config"] = 6200,
["Module:Category_disambiguation"] = 2600,
["Module:Category_handler"] = 4810000,
["Module:Category_handler/blacklist"] = 4810000,
["Module:Category_handler/config"] = 4810000,
["Module:Category_handler/data"] = 4810000,
["Module:Category_handler/shared"] = 4810000,
["Module:Category_main_article"] = 225000,
["Module:Category_more_if_exists"] = 42000,
["Module:Category_pair"] = 6800,
["Module:Category_see_also"] = 48000,
["Module:Category_series_navigation"] = 541000,
["Module:Category_series_navigation/styles.css"] = 541000,
["Module:Celestial_object_quadrangle"] = 2100,
["Module:Chart"] = 2800,
["Module:Chart/Default_colors"] = 2800,
["Module:Check_DYK_hook"] = 122000,
["Module:Check_blp_parameter"] = 2740000,
["Module:Check_for_clobbered_parameters"] = 1470000,
["Module:Check_for_deprecated_parameters"] = 832000,
["Module:Check_for_unknown_parameters"] = 22100000,
["Module:Check_isxn"] = 490000,
["Module:Check_winner_by_scores"] = 15000,
["Module:Checkuser"] = 85000,
["Module:Chem2"] = 8300,
["Module:Chem2/styles.css"] = 8300,
["Module:Citation/CS1"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/COinS"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Configuration"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Date_validation"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Identifiers"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Suggestions"] = 26000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Utilities"] = 6190000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/Whitelist"] = 6180000,
["Module:Citation/CS1/styles.css"] = 6310000,
["Module:Citation_mode"] = 32000,
["Module:Cite"] = 47000,
["Module:Cite/config"] = 47000,
["Module:Cite_IUCN"] = 66000,
["Module:Cite_Q"] = 55000,
["Module:Cite_taxon"] = 33000,
["Module:Cite_tweet"] = 44000,
["Module:Clade"] = 9300,
["Module:Class"] = 65000,
["Module:Class/definition.json"] = 65000,
["Module:Class/styles.css"] = 44000,
["Module:Class_mask"] = 328000,
["Module:Clickable_button"] = 1090000,
["Module:Collapsible_list"] = 64000,
["Module:College_color"] = 133000,
["Module:College_color/data"] = 133000,
["Module:Color_contrast"] = 539000,
["Module:Color_contrast/colors"] = 541000,
["Module:Commons_link"] = 290000,
["Module:Complex_date"] = 75000,
["Module:Contentious_topics_talk_banner"] = 16000,
["Module:Convert"] = 1330000,
["Module:Convert/data"] = 1330000,
["Module:Convert/helper"] = 11000,
["Module:Convert/text"] = 1330000,
["Module:Convert/wikidata"] = 3600,
["Module:Convert/wikidata/data"] = 3600,
["Module:ConvertIB"] = 224000,
["Module:ConvertNumeric"] = 19000,
["Module:Convert_character_width"] = 2700,
["Module:Convert_character_width/data"] = 2700,
["Module:Coordinates"] = 1380000,
["Module:Coordinates/styles.css"] = 1380000,
["Module:Copied"] = 40000,
["Module:Country2nationality"] = 344000,
["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym"] = 76000,
["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Adjectives"] = 76000,
["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/Demonyms"] = 76000,
["Module:CountryAdjectiveDemonym/The"] = 76000,
["Module:CountryData"] = 426000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheA"] = 151000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheB"] = 67000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheC"] = 48000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheD"] = 44000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheE"] = 30000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheF"] = 21000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheG"] = 21000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheH"] = 15000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheI"] = 12000,
["Module:CountryData/cacheJ"] = 8900,
["Module:CountryData/cacheK"] = 8700,
["Module:CountryData/summary"] = 426000,
["Module:Country_adjective"] = 3300,
["Module:Country_alias"] = 58000,
["Module:Country_alias/data"] = 59000,
["Module:Cslist"] = 2500,
["Module:Currency"] = 4700,
["Module:Currency/Presentation"] = 4700,
}

Plantilla:Module other

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{#switch:

{{#if:{{{demospace|}}}
| {{lc: {{{demospace}}} }} 
| {{#ifeq:{{NAMESPACE}}|{{ns:Module}}
| module
| other
}}
}}
| module = {{{module|{{{1|}}}}}}
| other
| #default = {{{other|{{{2|}}}}}}
}}<noinclude>

{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Transclusion count

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local p = {}

function p._fetch(args)
local template = nil
local return_value = nil

-- Use demo parameter if it exists, otherwise use current template name
local namespace = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace
if args["demo"] and args["demo"] ~= "" then
template = mw.ustring.gsub(args["demo"],"^[Tt]emplate:","")
elseif namespace == 10 then -- Template namespace
template = mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text
elseif namespace == 828 then -- Module namespace
template = (mw.site.namespaces[828].name .. ":" .. mw.title.getCurrentTitle().text)
end

-- If in template or module namespace, look up count in /data
if template ~= nil then
namespace = mw.title.new(template, "Template").namespace
if namespace == 10 or namespace == 828 then
template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/doc$", "") -- strip /doc from end
template = mw.ustring.gsub(template, "/sandbox$", "") -- strip /sandbox from end
local index = mw.ustring.sub(mw.title.new(template).text,1,1)
local status, data = pcall(function ()
return(mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion_count/data/' .. (mw.ustring.find(index, "%a") and index or "other")))
end)
if status then
return_value = tonumber(data[mw.ustring.gsub(template, " ", "_")])
end
end
end

-- If database value doesn't exist, use value passed to template
if return_value == nil and args[1] ~= nil then
local arg1=mw.ustring.match(args[1], '[%d,]+')
if arg1 and arg1 ~= '' then
return_value = tonumber(mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('formatnum', arg1, 'R'))
end
end

return return_value
end

function p.fetch(frame)
return p._fetch(frame.args)
end

-- Tabulate this data for [[Wikipedia:Database reports/Templates transcluded on the most pages]]
function p.tabulate()
local list = {}
for i = 65, 91 do
local data = mw.loadData('Module:Transclusion count/data/' .. ((i == 91) and 'other' or string.char(i)))
for name, count in pairs(data) do
table.insert(list, {mw.title.new(name, "Template").fullText, count})
end
end
table.sort(list, function(a, b)
return (a[2] == b[2]) and (a[1] < b[1]) or (a[2] > b[2])
end)
local lang = mw.getContentLanguage();
for i = 1, #list do
list[i] = ('|-\n| %d || [[%s]] || %s\n'):format(i, list[i][1]:gsub('_', ' '), lang:formatNum(list[i][2]))
end
return table.concat(list)
end

return p

Módulo:High-use

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local p = {}
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- _fetch looks at the "demo" argument.
local _fetch = require('Module:Transclusion_count')._fetch
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

function p._num(args, count, no_percent)
if count == nil then
if yesno(args['fetch']) == false then
if (args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(args)
end
end

-- Build output string
local return_value = ""
if count == nil then
if args[1] == "risk" then
return "a very large number of"
else
return "many"
end
else
-- Use 2 significant figures for smaller numbers and 3 for larger ones
local sigfig = 2
if count >= 100000 then
sigfig = 3
end

-- Prepare to round to appropriate number of sigfigs
local f = math.floor(math.log10(count)) - sigfig + 1

-- Round and insert "approximately" or "+" when appropriate
if (args[2] == "yes") or (type(args[1]) == 'string' and (mw.ustring.sub(args[1],-1) == "+")) then
-- Round down
return_value = string.format("%s+", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) ) * (10^(f))) )
else
-- Round to nearest
return_value = string.format("approximately %s", mw.getContentLanguage():formatNum(math.floor( (count / 10^(f)) + 0.5) * (10^(f))) )
end

-- Insert percentage of pages if that is likely to be >= 1% and when |no-percent= not set to yes
no_percent = no_percent or args['no-percent']
if count and count > 250000 and not yesno (no_percent) then
local numpages = mw.getCurrentFrame():callParserFunction('NUMBEROFPAGES', 'R')
local percent = math.floor( ( ( count/numpages ) * 100) + 0.5)
if percent >= 1 then
return_value = string.format("%s pages, or roughly %s%% of all", return_value, percent)
end
end
end

return return_value
end

function p.num(frame, count)
return p._num(getArgs(frame), count)
end

-- Actions if there is a large (greater than or equal to 100,000) transclusion count
function p._risk(args)
if args[1] == "risk" then
return "risk"
else
local count = _fetch(args)
if count and count >= 100000 then
return "risk"
end
end
return ""
end

function p.risk(frame)
return p._risk(getArgs(frame))
end

function p._text(args, count)
-- Only show the information about how this template gets updated if someone
-- is actually editing the page and maybe trying to update the count.
local bot_text = (mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess("{{REVISIONID}}") == "") and "\n\n----\n'''Preview message''': Transclusion count updated automatically ([[Template:High-use/doc#Technical details|see documentation]])." or ''

if count == nil then
if yesno(args['fetch']) == false then
if (args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(args)
end
end
local title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if ( (args.demo or '' ~= '') and mw.title.new(args.demo, 10) ) then
title = mw.title.new(args.demo, 10)
end

if title.subpageText == "doc" or title.subpageText == "sandbox" then
title = title.basePageTitle
end

local systemMessages = (args['system'] or '') ~= ''

-- This retrieves the project URL automatically to simplify localization.
local templateCount = ('on [https://linkcount.toolforge.org/?project=%s&page=%s#transclusions %s pages]'):format(
title:fullUrl():gsub('//(.-)/.*', '%1'),
mw.uri.encode(title.fullText), p._num(args, count))
local used_on_text = "'''This " .. (title.namespace == 828 and "Lua module" or "template") .. ' is used ';
if systemMessages then
used_on_text = used_on_text .. args['system'] ..
((count and count > 2000) and ("''', and " .. templateCount) or ("'''"))
else
used_on_text = used_on_text .. templateCount .. "'''"
end

local sandbox_text = ("%s's [[%s/sandbox|/sandbox]] or [[%s/testcases|/testcases]] subpages, or in your own [[%s]]. "):format(
(title.namespace == 828 and "module" or "template"),
title.fullText, title.fullText,
title.namespace == 828 and "Module:Sandbox|module sandbox" or "Wikipedia:User pages#SUB|user subpage"
)

local infoArg = args["info"] ~= "" and args["info"]
if (systemMessages or args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000) ) then
local info = systemMessages and '.<br/>Changes to it can cause immediate changes to the Wikipedia user interface.' or '.'
if infoArg then
info = info .. "<br />" .. infoArg
end
sandbox_text = info .. '<br /> To avoid major disruption' ..
(count and count >= 100000 and ' and server load' or '') ..
', any changes should be tested in the ' .. sandbox_text ..
'The tested changes can be added to this page in a single edit. '
else
sandbox_text = (infoArg and ('.<br />' .. infoArg .. ' C') or ' and c') ..
'hanges may be widely noticed. Test changes in the ' .. sandbox_text
end

local discussion_text = systemMessages and 'Please discuss changes ' or 'Consider discussing changes '
if args["2"] and args["2"] ~= "" and args["2"] ~= "yes" then
discussion_text = string.format("%sat [[%s]]", discussion_text, args["2"])
else
discussion_text = string.format("%son the [[%s|talk page]]", discussion_text, title.talkPageTitle.fullText )
end

return used_on_text .. sandbox_text .. discussion_text .. " before implementing them." .. bot_text
end

function p.text(frame, count)
return p._text(getArgs(frame), count)
end

function p._main(args, nocat)
local count = nil
if yesno(args['fetch']) == false then
if (args[1] or '') ~= '' then count = tonumber(args[1]) end
else
count = _fetch(args)
end
local image = "[[File:Ambox warning yellow.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
local type_param = "style"
local epilogue = ''
if args['system'] and args['system'] ~= '' then
image = "[[File:Ambox important.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
type_param = "content"
nocat = nocat or args['nocat']
local categorise = (nocat == '' or not yesno(nocat))
if categorise and not mw.title.getCurrentTitle().isRedirect then
epilogue = mw.getCurrentFrame():preprocess('{{Sandbox other||{{#switch:{{#invoke:Effective protection level|{{#switch:{{NAMESPACE}}|File=upload|#default=edit}}|{{FULLPAGENAME}}}}|sysop|templateeditor|interfaceadmin=|#default=[[Category:Pages used in system messages needing protection]]}}}}')
end
elseif (args[1] == "risk" or (count and count >= 100000)) then
image = "[[File:Ambox warning orange.svg|40px|alt=Warning|link=]]"
type_param = "content"
end

if args["form"] == "editnotice" then
return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
title = 'editnotice',
args = {
["image"] = image,
["text"] = p._text(args, count),
["expiry"] = (args["expiry"] or "")
}
} .. epilogue
else
return require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', {
type = type_param,
image = image,
text = p._text(args, count),
expiry = (args["expiry"] or "")
}) .. epilogue
end
end

function p.main(frame)
return p._main(getArgs(frame))
end
return p

Plantilla:High-use

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{#invoke:High-use|main|1={{{1|}}}|2={{{2|}}}|info={{{info|}}}|demo={{{demo|}}}|form={{{form|}}}|expiry={{{expiry|}}}|system={{{system|}}}}}<noinclude>
{{Documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Documentation/styles.css

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

/* {{pp|small=yes}} */
.documentation,
.documentation-metadata {
border: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 );
background-color: #ecfcf4;
clear: both;
}

.documentation {
margin: 1em 0 0 0;
padding: 1em;
}

.documentation-metadata {
margin: 0.2em 0; /* same margin left-right as .documentation */
font-style: italic;
padding: 0.4em 1em; /* same padding left-right as .documentation */
}

.documentation-startbox {
padding-bottom: 3px;
border-bottom: 1px solid var( --border-color-base, #a2a9b1 );
margin-bottom: 1ex;
}

.documentation-heading {
font-weight: bold;
font-size: 125%;
}

.documentation-clear { /* Don't want things to stick out where they shouldn't. */
clear: both;
}

.documentation-toolbar {
font-style: normal;
font-size: 85%;
}

@media screen {
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation,
html.skin-theme-clientpref-night .documentation-metadata {
background-color: #0b1e1c;
}
}

@media screen and ( prefers-color-scheme: dark ) {
html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation,
html.skin-theme-clientpref-os .documentation-metadata {
background-color: #0b1e1c;
}
}

Módulo:Documentation/config

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- Configuration for Module:Documentation
--
-- Here you can set the values of the parameters and messages used in Module:Documentation to
-- localise it to your wiki and your language. Unless specified otherwise, values given here
-- should be string values.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Do not edit this line.

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection template configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['protection-reason-edit']
-- The protection reason for edit-protected templates to pass to
-- [[Module:Protection banner]].
cfg['protection-reason-edit'] = 'template'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox notice configuration
--
-- On sandbox pages the module can display a template notifying users that the current page is a
-- sandbox, and the location of test cases pages, etc. The module decides whether the page is a
-- sandbox or not based on the value of cfg['sandbox-subpage']. The following settings configure the
-- messages that the notices contains.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

-- cfg['sandbox-notice-image']
-- The image displayed in the sandbox notice.
cfg['sandbox-notice-image'] = '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other']
-- The page type of the sandbox page. The message that is displayed depends on the current subject
-- namespace. This message is used in either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] = '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] = 'sandbox page'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-display']
-- Either cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] is the opening sentence
-- of the sandbox notice. The latter has a diff link, but the former does not. $1 is the page
-- type, which is either cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-template'],
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-module'] or cfg['sandbox-notice-pagetype-other'] depending what
-- namespace we are in. $2 is a link to the main template page, and $3 is a diff link between
-- the sandbox and the main template. The display value of the diff link is set by
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-diff-blurb'] = 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

--[[
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display']
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit. $1 is a link to the test cases page.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] is the display value for that link.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] is a sentence notifying the user that there is a test cases page
-- corresponding to this sandbox that they can edit, along with a link to run it. $1 is a link to the test
-- cases page, and $2 is a link to the page to run it.
-- cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] is the display value for the link to run the test
-- cases.
--]]
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display'] = 'test cases'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb'] = 'See also the companion subpage for $1 ($2).'
cfg['sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all template sandboxes.
-- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all module sandboxes.
-- cfg['module-sandbox-category'] - A category to add to all sandboxe not in templates or modules.
cfg['sandbox-category'] = 'Template sandboxes'
cfg['module-sandbox-category'] = 'Module sandboxes'
cfg['other-sandbox-category'] = 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext']
-- The wikitext for the icon shown at the top of the template.
cfg['documentation-icon-wikitext'] = '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'

-- cfg['template-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the template namespace.
cfg['template-namespace-heading'] = 'Template documentation'

-- cfg['module-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the module namespace.
cfg['module-namespace-heading'] = 'Module documentation'

-- cfg['file-namespace-heading']
-- The heading shown in the file namespace.
cfg['file-namespace-heading'] = 'Summary'

-- cfg['other-namespaces-heading']
-- The heading shown in other namespaces.
cfg['other-namespaces-heading'] = 'Documentation'

-- cfg['view-link-display']
-- The text to display for "view" links.
cfg['view-link-display'] = 'view'

-- cfg['edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for "edit" links.
cfg['edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['history-link-display']
-- The text to display for "history" links.
cfg['history-link-display'] = 'history'

-- cfg['purge-link-display']
-- The text to display for "purge" links.
cfg['purge-link-display'] = 'purge'

-- cfg['create-link-display']
-- The text to display for "create" links.
cfg['create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Link box (end box) configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['transcluded-from-blurb']
-- Notice displayed when the docs are transcluded from another page. $1 is a wikilink to that page.
cfg['transcluded-from-blurb'] = 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]] is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'

--[[
-- cfg['create-module-doc-blurb']
-- Notice displayed in the module namespace when the documentation subpage does not exist.
-- $1 is a link to create the documentation page with the preload cfg['module-preload'] and the
-- display cfg['create-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['create-module-doc-blurb'] = 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Experiment blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-template']
-- cfg['experiment-blurb-module']
-- The experiment blurb is the text inviting editors to experiment in sandbox and test cases pages.
-- It is only shown in the template and module namespaces. With the default English settings, it
-- might look like this:
--
-- Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages.
--
-- In this example, "sandbox", "edit", "diff", "testcases", and "edit" would all be links.
--
-- There are two versions, cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] and cfg['experiment-blurb-module'], depending
-- on what namespace we are in.
--
-- Parameters:
--
-- $1 is a link to the sandbox page. If the sandbox exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] | cfg['compare-link-display'])
--
-- If the sandbox doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['sandbox-link-display'] (cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] | cfg['mirror-link-display'])
--
-- The link for cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] link preloads the page with cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- or cfg['module-sandbox-preload'], depending on the current namespace. The link for cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- loads a default edit summary of cfg['mirror-edit-summary'].
--
-- $2 is a link to the test cases page. If the test cases page exists, it is in the following format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] | cfg['testcases-run-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, it is in the format:
--
-- cfg['testcases-link-display'] (cfg['testcases-create-link-display'])
--
-- If the test cases page doesn't exist, the link for cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] preloads the
-- page with cfg['template-testcases-preload'] or cfg['module-testcases-preload'], depending on the current
-- namespace.
--]]
cfg['experiment-blurb-template'] = "Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages."
cfg['experiment-blurb-module'] = "Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages."

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Sandbox link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['sandbox-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for sandboxes.
cfg['sandbox-subpage'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['template-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for template sandbox pages.
cfg['template-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'

-- cfg['module-sandbox-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module sandbox pages.
cfg['module-sandbox-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-link-display']
-- The text to display for "sandbox" links.
cfg['sandbox-link-display'] = 'sandbox'

-- cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "edit" links.
cfg['sandbox-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['sandbox-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for sandbox "create" links.
cfg['sandbox-create-link-display'] = 'create'

-- cfg['compare-link-display']
-- The text to display for "compare" links.
cfg['compare-link-display'] = 'diff'

-- cfg['mirror-edit-summary']
-- The default edit summary to use when a user clicks the "mirror" link. $1 is a wikilink to the
-- template page.
cfg['mirror-edit-summary'] = 'Create sandbox version of $1'

-- cfg['mirror-link-display']
-- The text to display for "mirror" links.
cfg['mirror-link-display'] = 'mirror'

-- cfg['mirror-link-preload']
-- The page to preload when a user clicks the "mirror" link.
cfg['mirror-link-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/mirror'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Test cases link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['testcases-subpage']
-- The name of the template subpage typically used for test cases.
cfg['testcases-subpage'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['template-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for template test cases pages.
cfg['template-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'

-- cfg['module-testcases-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module test cases pages.
cfg['module-testcases-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-link-display']
-- The text to display for "testcases" links.
cfg['testcases-link-display'] = 'testcases'

-- cfg['testcases-edit-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "edit" links.
cfg['testcases-edit-link-display'] = 'edit'

-- cfg['testcases-run-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "run" links.
cfg['testcases-run-link-display'] = 'run'

-- cfg['testcases-create-link-display']
-- The text to display for test cases "create" links.
cfg['testcases-create-link-display'] = 'create'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Add categories blurb configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['add-categories-blurb']
-- Text to direct users to add categories to the /doc subpage. Not used if the "content" or
-- "docname fed" arguments are set, as then it is not clear where to add the categories. $1 is a
-- link to the /doc subpage with a display value of cfg['doc-link-display'].
--]]
cfg['add-categories-blurb'] = 'Add categories to the $1 subpage.'

-- cfg['doc-link-display']
-- The text to display when linking to the /doc subpage.
cfg['doc-link-display'] = '/doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Subpages link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-blurb']
-- The "Subpages of this template" blurb. $1 is a link to the main template's subpages with a
-- display value of cfg['subpages-link-display']. In the English version this blurb is simply
-- the link followed by a period, and the link display provides the actual text.
--]]
cfg['subpages-blurb'] = '$1.'

--[[
-- cfg['subpages-link-display']
-- The text to display for the "subpages of this page" link. $1 is cfg['template-pagetype'],
-- cfg['module-pagetype'] or cfg['default-pagetype'], depending on whether the current page is in
-- the template namespace, the module namespace, or another namespace.
--]]
cfg['subpages-link-display'] = 'Subpages of this $1'

-- cfg['template-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for template pages.
cfg['template-pagetype'] = 'template'

-- cfg['module-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for Lua module pages.
cfg['module-pagetype'] = 'module'

-- cfg['default-pagetype']
-- The pagetype to display for pages other than templates or Lua modules.
cfg['default-pagetype'] = 'page'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Doc link configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['doc-subpage']
-- The name of the subpage typically used for documentation pages.
cfg['doc-subpage'] = 'doc'

-- cfg['docpage-preload']
-- Preload file for template documentation pages in all namespaces.
cfg['docpage-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload'

-- cfg['module-preload']
-- Preload file for Lua module documentation pages.
cfg['module-preload'] = 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- HTML and CSS configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['templatestyles']
-- The name of the TemplateStyles page where CSS is kept.
-- Sandbox CSS will be at Module:Documentation/sandbox/styles.css when needed.
cfg['templatestyles'] = 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'

-- cfg['container']
-- Class which can be used to set flex or grid CSS on the
-- two child divs documentation and documentation-metadata
cfg['container'] = 'documentation-container'

-- cfg['main-div-classes']
-- Classes added to the main HTML "div" tag.
cfg['main-div-classes'] = 'documentation'

-- cfg['main-div-heading-class']
-- Class for the main heading for templates and modules and assoc. talk spaces
cfg['main-div-heading-class'] = 'documentation-heading'

-- cfg['start-box-class']
-- Class for the start box
cfg['start-box-class'] = 'documentation-startbox'

-- cfg['start-box-link-classes']
-- Classes used for the [view][edit][history] or [create] links in the start box.
-- mw-editsection-like is per [[Wikipedia:Village pump (technical)/Archive 117]]
cfg['start-box-link-classes'] = 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'

-- cfg['end-box-class']
-- Class for the end box.
cfg['end-box-class'] = 'documentation-metadata'

-- cfg['end-box-plainlinks']
-- Plainlinks
cfg['end-box-plainlinks'] = 'plainlinks'

-- cfg['toolbar-class']
-- Class added for toolbar links.
cfg['toolbar-class'] = 'documentation-toolbar'

-- cfg['clear']
-- Just used to clear things.
cfg['clear'] = 'documentation-clear'

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking category configuration
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- cfg['display-strange-usage-category']
-- Set to true to enable output of cfg['strange-usage-category'] if the module is used on a /doc subpage
-- or a /testcases subpage. This should be a boolean value (either true or false).
cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] = true

-- cfg['strange-usage-category']
-- Category to output if cfg['display-strange-usage-category'] is set to true and the module is used on a
-- /doc subpage or a /testcases subpage.
cfg['strange-usage-category'] = 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'

--[[
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--
-- Don't edit anything below this line.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

return cfg

Módulo:Documentation

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

-- This module implements {{documentation}}.

-- Get required modules.
local getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs

-- Get the config table.
local cfg = mw.loadData('Module:Documentation/config')

local p = {}

-- Often-used functions.
local ugsub = mw.ustring.gsub
local format = mw.ustring.format

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--
-- These are defined as local functions, but are made available in the p
-- table for testing purposes.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function message(cfgKey, valArray, expectType)
--[[
-- Gets a message from the cfg table and formats it if appropriate.
-- The function raises an error if the value from the cfg table is not
-- of the type expectType. The default type for expectType is 'string'.
-- If the table valArray is present, strings such as $1, $2 etc. in the
-- message are substituted with values from the table keys [1], [2] etc.
-- For example, if the message "foo-message" had the value 'Foo $2 bar $1.',
-- message('foo-message', {'baz', 'qux'}) would return "Foo qux bar baz."
--]]
local msg = cfg[cfgKey]
expectType = expectType or 'string'
if type(msg) ~= expectType then
error('message: type error in message cfg.' .. cfgKey .. ' (' .. expectType .. ' expected, got ' .. type(msg) .. ')', 2)
end
if not valArray then
return msg
end

local function getMessageVal(match)
match = tonumber(match)
return valArray[match] or error('message: no value found for key $' .. match .. ' in message cfg.' .. cfgKey, 4)
end

return ugsub(msg, '$([1-9][0-9]*)', getMessageVal)
end

p.message = message

local function makeWikilink(page, display)
if display then
return format('[[%s|%s]]', page, display)
else
return format('[[%s]]', page)
end
end

p.makeWikilink = makeWikilink

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
local catns = mw.site.namespaces[14].name
return makeWikilink(catns .. ':' .. cat, sort)
end

p.makeCategoryLink = makeCategoryLink

local function makeUrlLink(url, display)
return format('[%s %s]', url, display)
end

p.makeUrlLink = makeUrlLink

local function makeToolbar(...)
local ret = {}
local lim = select('#', ...)
if lim < 1 then
return nil
end
for i = 1, lim do
ret[#ret + 1] = select(i, ...)
end
-- 'documentation-toolbar'
return format(
'<span class="%s">(%s)</span>',
message('toolbar-class'),
table.concat(ret, ' | ')
)
end

p.makeToolbar = makeToolbar

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Argument processing
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeInvokeFunc(funcName)
return function (frame)
local args = getArgs(frame, {
valueFunc = function (key, value)
if type(value) == 'string' then
value = value:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$') -- Remove whitespace.
if key == 'heading' or value ~= '' then
return value
else
return nil
end
else
return value
end
end
})
return p[funcName](args)
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Entry points
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.nonexistent(frame)
if mw.title.getCurrentTitle().subpageText == 'testcases' then
return frame:expandTemplate{title = 'module test cases notice'}
else
return p.main(frame)
end
end

p.main = makeInvokeFunc('_main')

function p._main(args)
--[[
-- This function defines logic flow for the module.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--]]
local env = p.getEnvironment(args)
local root = mw.html.create()
root
:wikitext(p._getModuleWikitext(args, env))
:wikitext(p.protectionTemplate(env))
:wikitext(p.sandboxNotice(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-container'
:addClass(message('container'))
:attr('role', 'complementary')
:attr('aria-labelledby', args.heading ~= '' and 'documentation-heading' or nil)
:attr('aria-label', args.heading == '' and 'Documentation' or nil)
:newline()
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation'
:addClass(message('main-div-classes'))
:newline()
:wikitext(p._startBox(args, env))
:wikitext(p._content(args, env))
:tag('div')
-- 'documentation-clear'
:addClass(message('clear'))
:done()
:newline()
:done()
:wikitext(p._endBox(args, env))
:done()
:wikitext(p.addTrackingCategories(env))
-- 'Module:Documentation/styles.css'
return mw.getCurrentFrame():extensionTag (
'templatestyles', '', {src=cfg['templatestyles']
}) .. tostring(root)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Environment settings
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.getEnvironment(args)
--[[
-- Returns a table with information about the environment, including title
-- objects and other namespace- or path-related data.
-- @args - table of arguments passed by the user
--
-- Title objects include:
-- env.title - the page we are making documentation for (usually the current title)
-- env.templateTitle - the template (or module, file, etc.)
-- env.docTitle - the /doc subpage.
-- env.sandboxTitle - the /sandbox subpage.
-- env.testcasesTitle - the /testcases subpage.
--
-- Data includes:
-- env.protectionLevels - the protection levels table of the title object.
-- env.subjectSpace - the number of the title's subject namespace.
-- env.docSpace - the number of the namespace the title puts its documentation in.
-- env.docpageBase - the text of the base page of the /doc, /sandbox and /testcases pages, with namespace.
-- env.compareUrl - URL of the Special:ComparePages page comparing the sandbox with the template.
--
-- All table lookups are passed through pcall so that errors are caught. If an error occurs, the value
-- returned will be nil.
--]]

local env, envFuncs = {}, {}

-- Set up the metatable. If triggered we call the corresponding function in the envFuncs table. The value
-- returned by that function is memoized in the env table so that we don't call any of the functions
-- more than once. (Nils won't be memoized.)
setmetatable(env, {
__index = function (t, key)
local envFunc = envFuncs[key]
if envFunc then
local success, val = pcall(envFunc)
if success then
env[key] = val -- Memoise the value.
return val
end
end
return nil
end
})

function envFuncs.title()
-- The title object for the current page, or a test page passed with args.page.
local title
local titleArg = args.page
if titleArg then
title = mw.title.new(titleArg)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
return title
end

function envFuncs.templateTitle()
--[[
-- The template (or module, etc.) title object.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local subpage = title.subpageText
if subpage == message('sandbox-subpage') or subpage == message('testcases-subpage') or (subpage == message('doc-subpage') and mw.title.getCurrentTitle().namespace == env.docSpace) then
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.baseText)
else
return mw.title.makeTitle(subjectSpace, title.text)
end
end

function envFuncs.docTitle()
--[[
-- Title object of the /doc subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
--]]
local title = env.title
local docname = args[1] -- User-specified doc page.
local docpage
if docname then
docpage = docname
else
docpage = env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('doc-subpage')
end
return mw.title.new(docpage)
end

function envFuncs.sandboxTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /sandbox subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-subpage' --> 'sandbox'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('sandbox-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.testcasesTitle()
--[[
-- Title object for the /testcases subpage.
-- Messages:
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
--]]
return mw.title.new(env.docpageBase .. '/' .. message('testcases-subpage'))
end

function envFuncs.protectionLevels()
-- The protection levels table of the title object.
return env.title.protectionLevels
end

function envFuncs.subjectSpace()
-- The subject namespace number.
return mw.site.namespaces[env.title.namespace].subject.id
end

function envFuncs.docSpace()
-- The documentation namespace number. For most namespaces this is the
-- same as the subject namespace. However, pages in the Article, File,
-- MediaWiki or Category namespaces must have their /doc, /sandbox and
-- /testcases pages in talk space.
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if subjectSpace == 0 or subjectSpace == 6 or subjectSpace == 8 or subjectSpace == 14 then
return subjectSpace + 1
else
return subjectSpace
end
end

function envFuncs.docpageBase()
-- The base page of the /doc, /sandbox, and /testcases subpages.
-- For some namespaces this is the talk page, rather than the template page.
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local docSpace = env.docSpace
local docSpaceText = mw.site.namespaces[docSpace].name
-- Assemble the link. docSpace is never the main namespace, so we can hardcode the colon.
return docSpaceText .. ':' .. templateTitle.text
end

function envFuncs.compareUrl()
-- Diff link between the sandbox and the main template using [[Special:ComparePages]].
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
if templateTitle.exists and sandboxTitle.exists then
local compareUrl = mw.uri.canonicalUrl(
'Special:ComparePages',
{ page1 = templateTitle.prefixedText, page2 = sandboxTitle.prefixedText}
)
return tostring(compareUrl)
else
return nil
end
end

return env
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Auxiliary templates
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.getModuleWikitext = makeInvokeFunc('_getModuleWikitext')

function p._getModuleWikitext(args, env)
local currentTitle = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if currentTitle.contentModel ~= 'Scribunto' then return end
pcall(require, currentTitle.prefixedText) -- if it fails, we don't care
local moduleWikitext = package.loaded["Module:Module wikitext"]
if moduleWikitext then
return moduleWikitext.main()
end
end

function p.sandboxNotice(args, env)
--[=[
-- Generates a sandbox notice for display above sandbox pages.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-notice-image' --> '[[File:Sandbox.svg|50px|alt=|link=]]'
-- 'sandbox-notice-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-diff-blurb' --> 'This is the $1 for $2 ($3).'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-template' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|template sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-module' --> '[[Wikipedia:Template test cases|module sandbox]] page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-pagetype-other' --> 'sandbox page'
-- 'sandbox-notice-compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb' --> 'See also the companion subpage for $1.'
-- 'sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display' --> 'test cases'
-- 'sandbox-category' --> 'Template sandboxes'
-- 'module-sandbox-category' --> 'Module sandboxes'
-- 'other-sandbox-category' --> 'Sandboxes outside of template or module namespace'
--]=]
local title = env.title
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not (subjectSpace and title and sandboxTitle and templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(title, sandboxTitle)) then
return nil
end
-- Build the table of arguments to pass to {{ombox}}. We need just two fields, "image" and "text".
local omargs = {}
omargs.image = message('sandbox-notice-image')
-- Get the text. We start with the opening blurb, which is something like
-- "This is the template sandbox for [[Template:Foo]] (diff)."
local text = '__EXPECTUNUSEDTEMPLATE__'
local pagetype, sandboxCat
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-template')
sandboxCat = message('sandbox-category')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-module')
sandboxCat = message('module-sandbox-category')
else
pagetype = message('sandbox-notice-pagetype-other')
sandboxCat = message('other-sandbox-category')
end
local templateLink = makeWikilink(templateTitle.prefixedText)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-compare-link-display')
local compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-diff-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink, compareLink})
else
text = text .. message('sandbox-notice-blurb', {pagetype, templateLink})
end
-- Get the test cases page blurb if the page exists. This is something like
-- "See also the companion subpage for [[Template:Foo/testcases|test cases]]."
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
if testcasesTitle and testcasesTitle.exists then
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" then
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-run-blurb', {testcasesLink, testcasesRunLink})
else
local testcasesLinkDisplay = message('sandbox-notice-testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.prefixedText, testcasesLinkDisplay)
text = text .. '<br />' .. message('sandbox-notice-testcases-blurb', {testcasesLink})
end
end

-- Add the sandbox to the sandbox category.
omargs.text = text .. makeCategoryLink(sandboxCat)

-- 'documentation-clear'
return '<div class="' .. message('clear') .. '"></div>'
.. require('Module:Message box').main('ombox', omargs)
end

function p.protectionTemplate(env)
-- Generates the padlock icon in the top right.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'protection-template' --> 'pp-template'
-- 'protection-template-args' --> {docusage = 'yes'}
local protectionLevels = env.protectionLevels
if not protectionLevels then
return nil
end
local editProt = protectionLevels.edit and protectionLevels.edit[1]
local moveProt = protectionLevels.move and protectionLevels.move[1]
if editProt then
-- The page is edit-protected.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
message('protection-reason-edit'), small = true
}
elseif moveProt and moveProt ~= 'autoconfirmed' then
-- The page is move-protected but not edit-protected. Exclude move
-- protection with the level "autoconfirmed", as this is equivalent to
-- no move protection at all.
return require('Module:Protection banner')._main{
action = 'move', small = true
}
else
return nil
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Start box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.startBox = makeInvokeFunc('_startBox')

function p._startBox(args, env)
--[[
-- This function generates the start box.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- The actual work is done by p.makeStartBoxLinksData and p.renderStartBoxLinks which make
-- the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links, and by p.makeStartBoxData and p.renderStartBox
-- which generate the box HTML.
--]]
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local links
local content = args.content
if not content or args[1] then
-- No need to include the links if the documentation is on the template page itself.
local linksData = p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
if linksData then
links = p.renderStartBoxLinks(linksData)
end
end
-- Generate the start box html.
local data = p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
if data then
return p.renderStartBox(data)
else
-- User specified no heading.
return nil
end
end

function p.makeStartBoxLinksData(args, env)
--[[
-- Does initial processing of data to make the [view] [edit] [history] [purge] links.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'view-link-display' --> 'view'
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'purge-link-display' --> 'purge'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'docpage-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local title = env.title
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not title or not docTitle then
return nil
end
if docTitle.isRedirect then
docTitle = docTitle.redirectTarget
end

-- Create link if /doc doesn't exist.
local preload = args.preload
if not preload then
if subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
preload = message('module-preload')
else
preload = message('docpage-preload')
end
end

return {
title = title,
docTitle = docTitle,
-- View, display, edit, and purge links if /doc exists.
viewLinkDisplay = message('view-link-display'),
editLinkDisplay = message('edit-link-display'),
historyLinkDisplay = message('history-link-display'),
purgeLinkDisplay = message('purge-link-display'),
preload = preload,
createLinkDisplay = message('create-link-display')
}
end

function p.renderStartBoxLinks(data)
--[[
-- Generates the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create][purge] links from the data table.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxLinksData
--]]
local docTitle = data.docTitle
-- yes, we do intend to purge the template page on which the documentation appears
local purgeLink = makeWikilink("Special:Purge/" .. data.title.prefixedText, data.purgeLinkDisplay)

if docTitle.exists then
local viewLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, data.viewLinkDisplay)
local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.editLinkDisplay)
local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, data.historyLinkDisplay)
return "[" .. viewLink .. "] [" .. editLink .. "] [" .. historyLink .. "] [" .. purgeLink .. "]"
else
local createLink = makeUrlLink(docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = data.preload}, data.createLinkDisplay)
return "[" .. createLink .. "] [" .. purgeLink .. "]"
end
return ret
end

function p.makeStartBoxData(args, env, links)
--[=[
-- Does initial processing of data to pass to the start-box render function, p.renderStartBox.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- @links - a string containing the [view][edit][history][purge] links - could be nil if there's an error.
--
-- Messages:
-- 'documentation-icon-wikitext' --> '[[File:Test Template Info-Icon - Version (2).svg|50px|link=|alt=]]'
-- 'template-namespace-heading' --> 'Template documentation'
-- 'module-namespace-heading' --> 'Module documentation'
-- 'file-namespace-heading' --> 'Summary'
-- 'other-namespaces-heading' --> 'Documentation'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
--]=]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not subjectSpace then
-- Default to an "other namespaces" namespace, so that we get at least some output
-- if an error occurs.
subjectSpace = 2
end
local data = {}

-- Heading
local heading = args.heading -- Blank values are not removed.
if heading == '' then
-- Don't display the start box if the heading arg is defined but blank.
return nil
end
if heading then
data.heading = heading
elseif subjectSpace == 10 then -- Template namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('template-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then -- Module namespace
data.heading = message('documentation-icon-wikitext') .. ' ' .. message('module-namespace-heading')
elseif subjectSpace == 6 then -- File namespace
data.heading = message('file-namespace-heading')
else
data.heading = message('other-namespaces-heading')
end

-- Heading CSS
local headingStyle = args['heading-style']
if headingStyle then
data.headingStyleText = headingStyle
else
-- 'documentation-heading'
data.headingClass = message('main-div-heading-class')
end

-- Data for the [view][edit][history][purge] or [create] links.
if links then
-- 'mw-editsection-like plainlinks'
data.linksClass = message('start-box-link-classes')
data.links = links
end

return data
end

function p.renderStartBox(data)
-- Renders the start box html.
-- @data - a table of data generated by p.makeStartBoxData.
local sbox = mw.html.create('div')
sbox
-- 'documentation-startbox'
:addClass(message('start-box-class'))
:newline()
:tag('span')
:addClass(data.headingClass)
:attr('id', 'documentation-heading')
:cssText(data.headingStyleText)
:wikitext(data.heading)
local links = data.links
if links then
sbox:tag('span')
:addClass(data.linksClass)
:attr('id', data.linksId)
:wikitext(links)
end
return tostring(sbox)
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Documentation content
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.content = makeInvokeFunc('_content')

function p._content(args, env)
-- Displays the documentation contents
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
local content = args.content
if not content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
content = args._content or mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{title = docTitle.prefixedText}
end
-- The line breaks below are necessary so that "=== Headings ===" at the start and end
-- of docs are interpreted correctly.
return '\n' .. (content or '') .. '\n'
end

p.contentTitle = makeInvokeFunc('_contentTitle')

function p._contentTitle(args, env)
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not args.content and docTitle and docTitle.exists then
return docTitle.prefixedText
else
return ''
end
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End box
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

p.endBox = makeInvokeFunc('_endBox')

function p._endBox(args, env)
--[=[
-- This function generates the end box (also known as the link box).
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
--]=]

-- Get environment data.
env = env or p.getEnvironment(args)
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not subjectSpace or not docTitle then
return nil
end

-- Check whether we should output the end box at all. Add the end
-- box by default if the documentation exists or if we are in the
-- user, module or template namespaces.
local linkBox = args['link box']
if linkBox == 'off'
or not (
docTitle.exists
or subjectSpace == 2
or subjectSpace == 828
or subjectSpace == 10
)
then
return nil
end

-- Assemble the link box.
local text = ''
if linkBox then
text = text .. linkBox
else
text = text .. (p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env) or '') -- "This documentation is transcluded from [[Foo]]."
if subjectSpace == 2 or subjectSpace == 10 or subjectSpace == 828 then
-- We are in the user, template or module namespaces.
-- Add sandbox and testcases links.
-- "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox and testcases pages."
text = text .. (p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env) or '') .. '<br />'
if not args.content and not args[1] then
-- "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- Don't show this message with inline docs or with an explicitly specified doc page,
-- as then it is unclear where to add the categories.
text = text .. (p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env) or '')
end
text = text .. ' ' .. (p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env) or '') --"Subpages of this template"
end
end

local box = mw.html.create('div')
-- 'documentation-metadata'
box:attr('role', 'note')
:addClass(message('end-box-class'))
-- 'plainlinks'
:addClass(message('end-box-plainlinks'))
:wikitext(text)
:done()

return '\n' .. tostring(box)
end

function p.makeDocPageBlurb(args, env)
--[=[
-- Makes the blurb "This documentation is transcluded from [[Template:Foo]] (edit, history)".
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'history-link-display' --> 'history'
-- 'transcluded-from-blurb' -->
-- 'The above [[Wikipedia:Template documentation|documentation]]
-- is [[Help:Transclusion|transcluded]] from $1.'
-- 'module-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-doc'
-- 'create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'create-module-doc-blurb' -->
-- 'You might want to $1 a documentation page for this [[Wikipedia:Lua|Scribunto module]].'
--]=]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
if docTitle.exists then
-- /doc exists; link to it.
local docLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText)
local editDisplay = message('edit-link-display')
local editLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, editDisplay)
local historyDisplay = message('history-link-display')
local historyLink = makeWikilink("Special:PageHistory/" .. docTitle.prefixedText, historyDisplay)
return message('transcluded-from-blurb', {docLink})
.. ' '
.. makeToolbar(editLink, historyLink)
.. '<br />'
elseif env.subjectSpace == 828 then
-- /doc does not exist; ask to create it.
local createUrl = docTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = message('module-preload')}
local createDisplay = message('create-link-display')
local createLink = makeUrlLink(createUrl, createDisplay)
return message('create-module-doc-blurb', {createLink})
.. '<br />'
end
end

function p.makeExperimentBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Renders the text "Editors can experiment in this template's sandbox (edit | diff) and testcases (edit) pages."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
--
-- Messages:
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'compare-link-display' --> 'diff'
-- 'module-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-sandbox'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'sandbox-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'mirror-edit-summary' --> 'Create sandbox version of $1'
-- 'mirror-link-display' --> 'mirror'
-- 'mirror-link-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/mirror'
-- 'sandbox-link-display' --> 'sandbox'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display'--> 'edit'
-- 'template-sandbox-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-sandbox'
-- 'testcases-create-link-display' --> 'create'
-- 'testcases-link-display' --> 'testcases'
-- 'testcases-edit-link-display' --> 'edit'
-- 'module-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-module-testcases'
-- 'template-testcases-preload' --> 'Template:Documentation/preload-testcases'
-- 'experiment-blurb-module' --> 'Editors can experiment in this module's $1 and $2 pages.'
-- 'experiment-blurb-template' --> 'Editors can experiment in this template's $1 and $2 pages.'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
local sandboxTitle = env.sandboxTitle
local testcasesTitle = env.testcasesTitle
local templatePage = templateTitle.prefixedText
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle or not sandboxTitle or not testcasesTitle then
return nil
end
-- Make links.
local sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks
if sandboxTitle.exists then
local sandboxPage = sandboxTitle.prefixedText
local sandboxDisplay = message('sandbox-link-display')
local sandboxLink = makeWikilink(sandboxPage, sandboxDisplay)
local sandboxEditDisplay = message('sandbox-edit-link-display')
local sandboxEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. sandboxPage, sandboxEditDisplay)
local compareUrl = env.compareUrl
local compareLink
if compareUrl then
local compareDisplay = message('compare-link-display')
compareLink = makeUrlLink(compareUrl, compareDisplay)
end
sandboxLinks = sandboxLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxEditLink, compareLink)
else
local sandboxPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
sandboxPreload = message('module-sandbox-preload')
else
sandboxPreload = message('template-sandbox-preload')
end
local sandboxCreateUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = sandboxPreload}
local sandboxCreateDisplay = message('sandbox-create-link-display')
local sandboxCreateLink = makeUrlLink(sandboxCreateUrl, sandboxCreateDisplay)
local mirrorSummary = message('mirror-edit-summary', {makeWikilink(templatePage)})
local mirrorPreload = message('mirror-link-preload')
local mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = mirrorPreload, summary = mirrorSummary}
if subjectSpace == 828 then
mirrorUrl = sandboxTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = templateTitle.prefixedText, summary = mirrorSummary}
end
local mirrorDisplay = message('mirror-link-display')
local mirrorLink = makeUrlLink(mirrorUrl, mirrorDisplay)
sandboxLinks = message('sandbox-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(sandboxCreateLink, mirrorLink)
end
if testcasesTitle.exists then
local testcasesPage = testcasesTitle.prefixedText
local testcasesDisplay = message('testcases-link-display')
local testcasesLink = makeWikilink(testcasesPage, testcasesDisplay)
local testcasesEditUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit'}
local testcasesEditDisplay = message('testcases-edit-link-display')
local testcasesEditLink = makeWikilink("Special:EditPage/" .. testcasesPage, testcasesEditDisplay)
-- for Modules, add testcases run link if exists
if testcasesTitle.contentModel == "Scribunto" and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle and testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.exists then
local testcasesRunLinkDisplay = message('testcases-run-link-display')
local testcasesRunLink = makeWikilink(testcasesTitle.talkPageTitle.prefixedText, testcasesRunLinkDisplay)
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink, testcasesRunLink)
else
testcasesLinks = testcasesLink .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesEditLink)
end
else
local testcasesPreload
if subjectSpace == 828 then
testcasesPreload = message('module-testcases-preload')
else
testcasesPreload = message('template-testcases-preload')
end
local testcasesCreateUrl = testcasesTitle:canonicalUrl{action = 'edit', preload = testcasesPreload}
local testcasesCreateDisplay = message('testcases-create-link-display')
local testcasesCreateLink = makeUrlLink(testcasesCreateUrl, testcasesCreateDisplay)
testcasesLinks = message('testcases-link-display') .. ' ' .. makeToolbar(testcasesCreateLink)
end
local messageName
if subjectSpace == 828 then
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-module'
else
messageName = 'experiment-blurb-template'
end
return message(messageName, {sandboxLinks, testcasesLinks})
end

function p.makeCategoriesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the text "Please add categories to the /doc subpage."
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment
-- Messages:
-- 'doc-link-display' --> '/doc'
-- 'add-categories-blurb' --> 'Please add categories to the $1 subpage.'
--]]
local docTitle = env.docTitle
if not docTitle then
return nil
end
local docPathLink = makeWikilink(docTitle.prefixedText, message('doc-link-display'))
return message('add-categories-blurb', {docPathLink})
end

function p.makeSubpagesBlurb(args, env)
--[[
-- Generates the "Subpages of this template" link.
-- @args - a table of arguments passed by the user
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'template-pagetype' --> 'template'
-- 'module-pagetype' --> 'module'
-- 'default-pagetype' --> 'page'
-- 'subpages-link-display' --> 'Subpages of this $1'
--]]
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
local templateTitle = env.templateTitle
if not subjectSpace or not templateTitle then
return nil
end
local pagetype
if subjectSpace == 10 then
pagetype = message('template-pagetype')
elseif subjectSpace == 828 then
pagetype = message('module-pagetype')
else
pagetype = message('default-pagetype')
end
local subpagesLink = makeWikilink(
'Special:PrefixIndex/' .. templateTitle.prefixedText .. '/',
message('subpages-link-display', {pagetype})
)
return message('subpages-blurb', {subpagesLink})
end

----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
----------------------------------------------------------------------------

function p.addTrackingCategories(env)
--[[
-- Check if {{documentation}} is transcluded on a /doc or /testcases page.
-- @env - environment table containing title objects, etc., generated with p.getEnvironment

-- Messages:
-- 'display-strange-usage-category' --> true
-- 'doc-subpage' --> 'doc'
-- 'testcases-subpage' --> 'testcases'
-- 'strange-usage-category' --> 'Wikipedia pages with strange ((documentation)) usage'
--
-- /testcases pages in the module namespace are not categorised, as they may have
-- {{documentation}} transcluded automatically.
--]]
local title = env.title
local subjectSpace = env.subjectSpace
if not title or not subjectSpace then
return nil
end
local subpage = title.subpageText
if message('display-strange-usage-category', nil, 'boolean')
and (
subpage == message('doc-subpage')
or subjectSpace ~= 828 and subpage == message('testcases-subpage')
)
then
return makeCategoryLink(message('strange-usage-category'))
end
return ''
end

return p

Plantilla:Pipe

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

|<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Plantilla:Ombox

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{#invoke:Message box|ombox}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Protection banner/config

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

-- This module provides configuration data for [[Module:Protection banner]].

return {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- BANNER DATA
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- Banner data consists of six fields:
-- * text - the main protection text that appears at the top of protection
-- banners.
-- * explanation - the text that appears below the main protection text, used
-- to explain the details of the protection.
-- * tooltip - the tooltip text you see when you move the mouse over a small
-- padlock icon.
-- * link - the page that the small padlock icon links to.
-- * alt - the alt text for the small padlock icon. This is also used as tooltip
-- text for the large protection banners.
-- * image - the padlock image used in both protection banners and small padlock
-- icons.
--
-- The module checks in three separate tables to find a value for each field.
-- First it checks the banners table, which has values specific to the reason
-- for the page being protected. Then the module checks the defaultBanners
-- table, which has values specific to each protection level. Finally, the
-- module checks the masterBanner table, which holds data for protection
-- templates to use if no data has been found in the previous two tables.
--
-- The values in the banner data can take parameters. These are specified
-- using ${TEXTLIKETHIS} (a dollar sign preceding a parameter name
-- enclosed in curly braces).
--
-- Available parameters:
--
-- ${CURRENTVERSION} - a link to the page history or the move log, with the
-- display message "current-version-edit-display" or
-- "current-version-move-display".
--
-- ${EDITREQUEST} - a link to create an edit request for the current page.
--
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} - an explanation blurb, e.g. "Please discuss any changes
-- on the talk page; you may submit a request to ask an administrator to make
-- an edit if it is minor or supported by consensus."
--
-- ${IMAGELINK} - a link to set the image to, depending on the protection
-- action and protection level.
--
-- ${INTROBLURB} - the PROTECTIONBLURB parameter, plus the expiry if an expiry
-- is set. E.g. "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently
-- disabled until dd Month YYYY."
--
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} - the same as ${INTROBLURB}, but without final punctuation
-- so that it can be used in run-on sentences.
--
-- ${PAGETYPE} - the type of the page, e.g. "article" or "template".
-- Defined in the cfg.pagetypes table.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} - a blurb explaining the protection level of the page, e.g.
-- "Editing of this page by new or unregistered users is currently disabled"
--
-- ${PROTECTIONDATE} - the protection date, if it has been supplied to the
-- template.
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} - the protection level, e.g. "fully protected" or
-- "semi-protected".
--
-- ${PROTECTIONLOG} - a link to the protection log or the pending changes log,
-- depending on the protection action.
--
-- ${TALKPAGE} - a link to the talk page. If a section is specified, links
-- straight to that talk page section.
--
-- ${TOOLTIPBLURB} - uses the PAGETYPE, PROTECTIONTYPE and EXPIRY parameters to
-- create a blurb like "This template is semi-protected", or "This article is
-- move-protected until DD Month YYYY".
--
-- ${VANDAL} - links for the specified username (or the root page name)
-- using Module:Vandal-m.
--
-- Functions
--
-- For advanced users, it is possible to use Lua functions instead of strings
-- in the banner config tables. Using functions gives flexibility that is not
-- possible just by using parameters. Functions take two arguments, the
-- protection object and the template arguments, and they must output a string.
--
-- For example:
--
-- text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- if protectionObj.level == 'autoconfirmed' then
-- return 'foo'
-- else
-- return 'bar'
-- end
-- end
--
-- Some protection object properties and methods that may be useful:
-- protectionObj.action - the protection action
-- protectionObj.level - the protection level
-- protectionObj.reason - the protection reason
-- protectionObj.expiry - the expiry. Nil if unset, the string "indef" if set
-- to indefinite, and the protection time in unix time if temporary.
-- protectionObj.protectionDate - the protection date in unix time, or nil if
-- unspecified.
-- protectionObj.bannerConfig - the banner config found by the module. Beware
-- of editing the config field used by the function, as it could create an
-- infinite loop.
-- protectionObj:isProtected - returns a boolean showing whether the page is
-- protected.
-- protectionObj:isTemporary - returns a boolean showing whether the expiry is
-- temporary.
-- protectionObj:isIncorrect - returns a boolean showing whether the protection
-- template is incorrect.
--]]

-- The master banner data, used if no values have been found in banners or
-- defaultBanners.
masterBanner = {
text = '${INTROBLURB}',
explanation = '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPBLURB}',
link = '${IMAGELINK}',
alt = 'Page ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
},

-- The default banner data. This holds banner data for different protection
-- levels.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
defaultBanners = {
edit = {},
move = {},
autoreview = {
default = {
alt = 'Page protected with pending changes',
tooltip = 'All edits by unregistered and new users are subject to review prior to becoming visible to unregistered users',
image = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},
upload = {}
},

-- The banner data. This holds banner data for different protection reasons.
-- In fact, the reasons specified in this table control which reasons are
-- valid inputs to the first positional parameter.
--
-- There is also a non-standard "description" field that can be used for items
-- in this table. This is a description of the protection reason for use in the
-- module documentation.
--
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
banners = {
edit = {
blp = {
description = 'For pages protected to promote compliance with the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. '|biographies of living persons]] policy',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Biographies of living persons'
.. "|Wikipedia's policy on the biographies"
.. ' of living people]].',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to promote compliance with the policy on'
.. ' biographies of living persons',
},
dmca = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation'
.. ' due to [[Digital Millennium Copyright Act]] takedown requests',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'Pursuant to a rights owner notice under the Digital'
.. ' Millennium Copyright Act (DMCA) regarding some content'
.. ' in this article, the Wikimedia Foundation acted under'
.. ' applicable law and took down and restricted the content'
.. ' in question.'
if args.notice then
ret = ret .. ' A copy of the received notice can be found here: '
.. args.notice .. '.'
end
ret = ret .. ' For more information, including websites discussing'
.. ' how to file a counter-notice, please see'
.. " [[Wikipedia:Office actions]] and the article's ${TALKPAGE}."
.. "'''Do not remove this template from the article until the"
.. " restrictions are withdrawn'''."
return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office',
},
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected due to editing disputes',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
-- Find the value of "disputes".
local display = 'disputes'
local disputes
if args.section then
disputes = string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
protectionObj.title.text,
args.section,
display
)
else
disputes = display
end

-- Make the blurb, depending on the expiry.
local msg
if type(protectionObj.expiry) == 'number' then
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} or until editing %s have been resolved.'
else
msg = '${INTROFRAGMENT} until editing %s have been resolved.'
end
return string.format(msg, disputes)
end,
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to editing disputes',
},
ecp = {
description = 'For articles in topic areas authorized by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|ArbCom]] or'
.. ' meets the criteria for community use',
tooltip = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',
alt = 'Extended-protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
mainpage = {
description = 'For pages protected for being displayed on the [[Main Page]]',
text = 'This file is currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:This page is protected|protected]] from'
.. ' editing because it is currently or will soon be displayed'
.. ' on the [[Main Page]].',
explanation = 'Images on the Main Page are protected due to their high'
.. ' visibility. Please discuss any necessary changes on the ${TALKPAGE}.'
.. '<br /><span style="font-size:90%;">'
.. "'''Administrators:''' Once this image is definitely off the Main Page,"
.. ' please unprotect this file, or reduce to semi-protection,'
.. ' as appropriate.</span>',
},
office = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation',
text = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.'
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. ' It has been protected since ${PROTECTIONDATE}.'
end
return ret
end,
explanation = "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not remove protection from this"
.. " page unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation to do"
.. " so.'''",
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office',
},
reset = {
description = 'For pages protected by the Wikimedia Foundation and'
.. ' "reset" to a bare-bones version',
text = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under the'
.. ' scrutiny of the'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Office actions|Wikimedia Foundation Office]]'
.. ' and is protected.',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.protectionDate then
ret = ret .. 'On ${PROTECTIONDATE} this ${PAGETYPE} was'
else
ret = ret .. 'This ${PAGETYPE} has been'
end
ret = ret .. ' reduced to a'
.. ' simplified, "bare bones" version so that it may be completely'
.. ' rewritten to ensure it meets the policies of'
.. ' [[WP:NPOV|Neutral Point of View]] and [[WP:V|Verifiability]].'
.. ' Standard Wikipedia policies will apply to its rewriting—which'
.. ' will eventually be open to all editors—and will be strictly'
.. ' enforced. The ${PAGETYPE} has been ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} while'
.. ' it is being rebuilt.\n\n'
.. 'Any insertion of material directly from'
.. ' pre-protection revisions of the ${PAGETYPE} will be removed, as'
.. ' will any material added to the ${PAGETYPE} that is not properly'
.. ' sourced. The associated talk page(s) were also cleared on the'
.. " same date.\n\n"
.. "If you can edit this page, please discuss all changes and"
.. " additions on the ${TALKPAGE} first. '''Do not override"
.. " this action, and do not remove protection from this page,"
.. " unless you are authorized by the Wikimedia Foundation"
.. " to do so. No editor may remove this notice.'''"

return ret
end,
image = 'Office-protection-shackle.svg',
link = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#office',
},
sock = {
description = 'For pages protected due to'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppetry]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent [[Wikipedia:Sock puppetry|sock puppets]] of'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Blocking policy|blocked]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Banning policy|banned users]]'
.. ' from editing it.',
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} to prevent sock puppets of blocked or banned users from'
.. ' editing it',
},
template = {
description = 'For [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]]'
.. ' templates and Lua modules',
text = 'This is a permanently [[Help:Protection|protected]] ${PAGETYPE},'
.. ' as it is [[Wikipedia:High-risk templates|high-risk]].',
explanation = 'Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Template editor|template editor]] to make an edit if'
.. ' it is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
tooltip = 'This high-risk ${PAGETYPE} is permanently ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}'
.. ' to prevent vandalism',
alt = 'Permanently protected ${PAGETYPE}',
},
usertalk = {
description = 'For pages protected against disruptive edits by a'
.. ' particular user',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} to prevent ${VANDAL} from using it to make disruptive edits,'
.. ' such as abusing the'
.. ' {{[[Template:unblock|unblock]]}} template.',
explanation = 'If you cannot edit this user talk page and you need to'
.. ' make a change or leave a message, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for edits to a protected page'
.. '|request an edit]],'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]],'
.. ' [[Special:Userlogin|log in]],'
.. ' or [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]]',
text = '${INTROFRAGMENT} due to [[Wikipedia:Vandalism|vandalism]].',
explanation = function (protectionObj, args)
local ret = ''
if protectionObj.level == 'sysop' then
ret = ret .. "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. '
end
return ret .. '${EXPLANATIONBLURB}'
end,
tooltip = '${TOOLTIPFRAGMENT} due to vandalism',
}
},
move = {
dispute = {
description = 'For pages protected against page moves due to'
.. ' disputes over the page title',
explanation = "This protection is '''not''' an endorsement of the"
.. ' ${CURRENTVERSION}. ${EXPLANATIONBLURB}',
image = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg'
},
vandalism = {
description = 'For pages protected against'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Vandalism#Page-move vandalism'
.. ' |page-move vandalism]]'
}
},
autoreview = {},
upload = {}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- GENERAL DATA TABLES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the protection blurbs available with the
-- ${PROTECTIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action and
-- protection level, and is checked by the module in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionBlurbs = {
edit = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|'
.. 'protected]] from editing',
autoconfirmed = 'Editing of this ${PAGETYPE} by [[Wikipedia:User access'
.. ' levels#New users|new]] or [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered'
.. ' users|unregistered]] users is currently [[Help:Protection|disabled]]',
extendedconfirmed = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently under extended confirmed protection',
},
move = {
default = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is currently [[Help:Protection|protected]]'
.. ' from [[Help:Moving a page|page moves]]'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'All edits made to this ${PAGETYPE} by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#New users|new]] or'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:User access levels#Unregistered users|unregistered]]'
.. ' users are currently'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Pending changes|subject to review]]'
},
upload = {
default = 'Uploading new versions of this ${PAGETYPE} is currently disabled'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Explanation blurbs
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the explanation blurbs available with the
-- ${EXPLANATIONBLURB} parameter. It is sorted by protection action,
-- protection level, and whether the page is a talk page or not. If the page is
-- a talk page it will have a talk key of "talk"; otherwise it will have a talk
-- key of "subject". The table is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level, page's talk key
-- 2. page's protection action, page's protection level, default talk key
-- 3. page's protection action, default protection level, page's talk key
-- 4. page's protection action, default protection level, default talk key
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
explanationBlurbs = {
edit = {
autoconfirmed = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST}, discuss changes on the ${TALKPAGE},'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details. If you'
.. ' cannot edit this ${PAGETYPE} and you wish to make a change, you can'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].',
},
extendedconfirmed = {
default = 'Extended confirmed protection prevents edits from all unregistered editors'
.. ' and registered users with fewer than 30 days tenure and 500 edits.'
.. ' The [[Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended|policy on community use]]'
.. ' specifies that extended confirmed protection can be applied to combat'
.. ' disruption, if semi-protection has proven to be ineffective.'
.. ' Extended confirmed protection may also be applied to enforce'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Arbitration Committee|arbitration sanctions]].'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you may'
.. ' ${EDITREQUEST} to ask for uncontroversial changes supported by'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Consensus|consensus]].'
},
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]]. You may also [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request]] that this page be unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' You may [[Wikipedia:Requests for page'
.. ' protection#Current requests for edits to a protected page|request an'
.. ' edit]] to this page, or [[Wikipedia:Requests for'
.. ' page protection#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|ask]] for it to be unprotected.'
}
},
move = {
default = {
subject = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves on the'
.. ' ${TALKPAGE} or at [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.',
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but cannot be moved'
.. ' until unprotected. Please discuss any suggested moves at'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requested moves]]. You can also'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]] that the page be'
.. ' unprotected.'
}
},
autoreview = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Edits to this ${PAGETYPE} by new and unregistered users'
.. ' will not be visible to readers until they are accepted by'
.. ' a reviewer. To avoid the need for your edits to be'
.. ' reviewed, you may'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection'
.. '#Current requests for reduction in protection level'
.. '|request unprotection]], [[Special:Userlogin|log in]], or'
.. ' [[Special:UserLogin/signup|create an account]].'
},
},
upload = {
default = {
default = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' The page may still be edited but new versions of the file'
.. ' cannot be uploaded until it is unprotected. You can'
.. ' request that a new version be uploaded by using a'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Edit requests|protected edit request]], or you'
.. ' can [[Wikipedia:Requests for page protection|request]]'
.. ' that the file be unprotected.'
}
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection levels
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} parameter, which
-- produces a short label for different protection levels. It is sorted by
-- protection action and protection level, and is checked in the following
-- order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
protectionLevels = {
edit = {
default = 'protected',
templateeditor = 'template-protected',
extendedconfirmed = 'extended-confirmed-protected',
autoconfirmed = 'semi-protected',
},
move = {
default = 'move-protected'
},
autoreview = {
},
upload = {
default = 'upload-protected'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table lists different padlock images for each protection action and
-- protection level. It is used if an image is not specified in any of the
-- banner data tables, and if the page does not satisfy the conditions for using
-- the ['image-filename-indef'] image. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
images = {
edit = {
default = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
templateeditor = 'Template-protection-shackle.svg',
extendedconfirmed = 'Extended-protection-shackle.svg',
autoconfirmed = 'Semi-protection-shackle.svg'
},
move = {
default = 'Move-protection-shackle.svg',
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Pending-protection-shackle.svg'
},
upload = {
default = 'Upload-protection-shackle.svg'
}
},

-- Pages with a reason specified in this table will show the special "indef"
-- padlock, defined in the 'image-filename-indef' message, if no expiry is set.
indefImageReasons = {
template = true
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Image links
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the data for the ${IMAGELINK} parameter, which gets
-- the image link for small padlock icons based on the page's protection action
-- and protection level. It is checked in the following order:
-- 1. page's protection action, page's protection level
-- 2. page's protection action, default protection level
-- 3. "edit" protection action, default protection level
--
-- It is possible to use banner parameters inside this table.
-- *required* - this table needs edit, move, autoreview and upload subtables.
imageLinks = {
edit = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#full',
templateeditor = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#template',
extendedconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#extended',
autoconfirmed = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#semi'
},
move = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#move'
},
autoreview = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#pending'
},
upload = {
default = 'Wikipedia:Protection policy#upload'
}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock indicator names
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table provides the "name" attribute for the <indicator> extension tag
-- with which small padlock icons are generated. All indicator tags on a page
-- are displayed in alphabetical order based on this attribute, and with
-- indicator tags with duplicate names, the last tag on the page wins.
-- The attribute is chosen based on the protection action; table keys must be a
-- protection action name or the string "default".
padlockIndicatorNames = {
autoreview = 'pp-autoreview',
default = 'pp-default'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--[[
-- The protection categories are stored in the protectionCategories table.
-- Keys to this table are made up of the following strings:
--
-- 1. the expiry date
-- 2. the namespace
-- 3. the protection reason (e.g. "dispute" or "vandalism")
-- 4. the protection level (e.g. "sysop" or "autoconfirmed")
-- 5. the action (e.g. "edit" or "move")
--
-- When the module looks up a category in the table, first it will will check to
-- see a key exists that corresponds to all five parameters. For example, a
-- user page semi-protected from vandalism for two weeks would have the key
-- "temp-user-vandalism-autoconfirmed-edit". If no match is found, the module
-- changes the first part of the key to "all" and checks the table again. It
-- keeps checking increasingly generic key combinations until it finds the
-- field, or until it reaches the key "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- The module uses a binary matrix to determine the order in which to search.
-- This is best demonstrated by a table. In this table, the "0" values
-- represent "all", and the "1" values represent the original data (e.g.
-- "indef" or "file" or "vandalism").
--
-- expiry namespace reason level action
-- order
-- 1 1 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1 1 1
-- 4 0 0 1 1 1
-- 5 1 1 0 1 1
-- 6 0 1 0 1 1
-- 7 1 0 0 1 1
-- 8 0 0 0 1 1
-- 9 1 1 1 0 1
-- 10 0 1 1 0 1
-- 11 1 0 1 0 1
-- 12 0 0 1 0 1
-- 13 1 1 0 0 1
-- 14 0 1 0 0 1
-- 15 1 0 0 0 1
-- 16 0 0 0 0 1
-- 17 1 1 1 1 0
-- 18 0 1 1 1 0
-- 19 1 0 1 1 0
-- 20 0 0 1 1 0
-- 21 1 1 0 1 0
-- 22 0 1 0 1 0
-- 23 1 0 0 1 0
-- 24 0 0 0 1 0
-- 25 1 1 1 0 0
-- 26 0 1 1 0 0
-- 27 1 0 1 0 0
-- 28 0 0 1 0 0
-- 29 1 1 0 0 0
-- 30 0 1 0 0 0
-- 31 1 0 0 0 0
-- 32 0 0 0 0 0
--
-- In this scheme the action has the highest priority, as it is the last
-- to change, and the expiry has the least priority, as it changes the most.
-- The priorities of the expiry, the protection level and the action are
-- fixed, but the priorities of the reason and the namespace can be swapped
-- through the use of the cfg.bannerDataNamespaceHasPriority table.
--]]

-- If the reason specified to the template is listed in this table,
-- namespace data will take priority over reason data in the protectionCategories
-- table.
reasonsWithNamespacePriority = {
vandalism = true,
},

-- The string to use as a namespace key for the protectionCategories table for each
-- namespace number.
categoryNamespaceKeys = {
[ 2] = 'user',
[ 3] = 'user',
[ 4] = 'project',
[ 6] = 'file',
[ 8] = 'mediawiki',
[ 10] = 'template',
[ 12] = 'project',
[ 14] = 'category',
[100] = 'portal',
[828] = 'module',
},

protectionCategories = {
['all|all|all|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected pages',
['all|all|office|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|reset|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|dmca|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia Office-protected pages',
['all|all|mainpage|all|all'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected main page files',
['all|all|all|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|all|ecp|extendedconfirmed|all'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected pages',
['all|template|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected pages',
['all|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely semi-protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily semi-protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages semi-protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected categories',
['all|file|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected files',
['all|portal|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected portals',
['all|project|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected templates',
['all|user|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|all|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',
['all|all|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates',
['all|template|all|templateeditor|move'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected templates', -- move-protected templates
['all|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely protected biographies of living people',
['temp|all|blp|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia temporarily protected biographies of living people',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected due to dispute',
['all|all|sock|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected from banned users',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia pages protected against vandalism',
['all|category|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected categories',
['all|file|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected files',
['all|project|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected templates',
['all|template|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected user and user talk pages',
['all|module|all|all|edit'] = 'Wikipedia fully protected modules',
['all|module|all|templateeditor|edit'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected modules',
['all|module|all|extendedconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia extended-confirmed-protected modules',
['all|module|all|autoconfirmed|edit'] = 'Wikipedia semi-protected modules',
['all|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected pages',
['indef|all|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia indefinitely move-protected pages',
['all|all|dispute|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to dispute',
['all|all|vandalism|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia pages move-protected due to vandalism',
['all|portal|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected portals',
['all|project|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected project pages',
['all|talk|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected talk pages',
['all|template|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected templates',
['all|user|all|sysop|move'] = 'Wikipedia move-protected user and user talk pages',
['all|all|all|autoconfirmed|autoreview'] = 'Wikipedia pending changes protected pages',
['all|file|all|all|upload'] = 'Wikipedia upload-protected files',
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry category config
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table configures the expiry category behaviour for each protection
-- action.
-- * If set to true, setting that action will always categorise the page if
-- an expiry parameter is not set.
-- * If set to false, setting that action will never categorise the page.
-- * If set to nil, the module will categorise the page if:
-- 1) an expiry parameter is not set, and
-- 2) a reason is provided, and
-- 3) the specified reason is not blacklisted in the reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck
-- table.

expiryCheckActions = {
edit = nil,
move = false,
autoreview = true,
upload = false
},

reasonsWithoutExpiryCheck = {
blp = true,
template = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Pagetypes
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table produces the page types available with the ${PAGETYPE} parameter.
-- Keys are namespace numbers, or the string "default" for the default value.
pagetypes = {
[0] = 'article',
[6] = 'file',
[10] = 'template',
[14] = 'category',
[828] = 'module',
default = 'page'
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Strings marking indefinite protection
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains values passed to the expiry parameter that mean the page
-- is protected indefinitely.
indefStrings = {
['indef'] = true,
['indefinite'] = true,
['indefinitely'] = true,
['infinite'] = true,
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Group hierarchy
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table maps each group to all groups that have a superset of the original
-- group's page editing permissions.
hierarchy = {
sysop = {},
reviewer = {'sysop'},
filemover = {'sysop'},
templateeditor = {'sysop'},
extendedconfirmed = {'sysop'},
autoconfirmed = {'reviewer', 'filemover', 'templateeditor', 'extendedconfirmed'},
user = {'autoconfirmed'},
['*'] = {'user'}
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Wrapper templates and their default arguments
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This table contains wrapper templates used with the module, and their
-- default arguments. Templates specified in this table should contain the
-- following invocation, and no other template content:
--
-- {{#invoke:Protection banner|main}}
--
-- If other content is desired, it can be added between
-- <noinclude>...</noinclude> tags.
--
-- When a user calls one of these wrapper templates, they will use the
-- default arguments automatically. However, users can override any of the
-- arguments.
wrappers = {
['Template:Pp'] = {},
['Template:Protection padlock'] = {},
['Template:Pp-extended'] = {'ecp'},
['Template:Pp-blp'] = {'blp'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-create
['Template:Pp-dispute'] = {'dispute'},
['Template:Pp-main-page'] = {'mainpage'},
['Template:Pp-move'] = {action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-move-dispute'] = {'dispute', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
-- we don't need Template:Pp-move-indef
['Template:Pp-move-vandalism'] = {'vandalism', action = 'move', catonly = 'yes'},
['Template:Pp-office'] = {'office'},
['Template:Pp-office-dmca'] = {'dmca'},
['Template:Pp-pc'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-pc1'] = {action = 'autoreview', small = true},
['Template:Pp-reset'] = {'reset'},
['Template:Pp-semi-indef'] = {small = true},
['Template:Pp-sock'] = {'sock'},
['Template:Pp-template'] = {'template', small = true},
['Template:Pp-upload'] = {action = 'upload'},
['Template:Pp-usertalk'] = {'usertalk'},
['Template:Pp-vandalism'] = {'vandalism'},
},

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--
-- MESSAGES
--
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

msg = {

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Intro blurb and intro fragment
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${INTROBLURB} and
-- ${INTROFRAGMENT} parameters. If the protection is temporary they use the
-- intro-blurb-expiry or intro-fragment-expiry, and if not they use
-- intro-blurb-noexpiry or intro-fragment-noexpiry.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['intro-blurb-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['intro-blurb-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}.',
['intro-fragment-expiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB} until ${EXPIRY},',
['intro-fragment-noexpiry'] = '${PROTECTIONBLURB}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tooltip blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages specify what is produced by the ${TOOLTIPBLURB} parameter.
-- If the protection is temporary the tooltip-blurb-expiry message is used, and
-- if not the tooltip-blurb-noexpiry message is used.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['tooltip-blurb-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY}.',
['tooltip-blurb-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}.',
['tooltip-fragment-expiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL} until ${EXPIRY},',
['tooltip-fragment-noexpiry'] = 'This ${PAGETYPE} is ${PROTECTIONLEVEL}',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Special explanation blurb
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- An explanation blurb for pages that cannot be unprotected, e.g. for pages
-- in the MediaWiki namespace.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['explanation-blurb-nounprotect'] = 'See the [[Wikipedia:Protection policy|'
.. 'protection policy]] and ${PROTECTIONLOG} for more details.'
.. ' Please discuss any changes on the ${TALKPAGE}; you'
.. ' may ${EDITREQUEST} to ask an'
.. ' [[Wikipedia:Administrators|administrator]] to make an edit if it'
.. ' is [[Help:Minor edit#When to mark an edit as a minor edit'
.. '|uncontroversial]] or supported by [[Wikipedia:Consensus'
.. '|consensus]].',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection log display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the protection log link
-- or the pending changes log link produced by the ${PROTECTIONLOG} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['protection-log-display'] = 'protection log',
['pc-log-display'] = 'pending changes log',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Current version display values
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine the display values for the page history link
-- or the move log link produced by the ${CURRENTVERSION} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in these messages.
['current-version-move-display'] = 'current title',
['current-version-edit-display'] = 'current version',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Talk page
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the talk page link produced
-- with the ${TALKPAGE} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['talk-page-link-display'] = 'talk page',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Edit requests
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This message determines the display value of the edit request link produced
-- with the ${EDITREQUEST} parameter.
-- It is possible to use banner parameters in this message.
['edit-request-display'] = 'submit an edit request',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Expiry date format
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- This is the format for the blurb expiry date. It should be valid input for
-- the first parameter of the #time parser function.
['expiry-date-format'] = 'F j, Y "at" H:i e',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Tracking categories
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These messages determine which tracking categories the module outputs.
['tracking-category-incorrect'] = 'Wikipedia pages with incorrect protection templates',
['tracking-category-template'] = 'Wikipedia template-protected pages other than templates and modules',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Images
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

-- These are images that are not defined by their protection action and protection level.
['image-filename-indef'] = 'Full-protection-shackle.svg',
['image-filename-default'] = 'Transparent.gif',

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End messages
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End configuration
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
}

Módulo:Protection banner

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

-- This module implements {{pp-meta}} and its daughter templates such as
-- {{pp-dispute}}, {{pp-vandalism}} and {{pp-sock}}.

-- Initialise necessary modules.
require('strict')
local makeFileLink = require('Module:File link')._main
local effectiveProtectionLevel = require('Module:Effective protection level')._main
local effectiveProtectionExpiry = require('Module:Effective protection expiry')._main
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')

-- Lazily initialise modules and objects we don't always need.
local getArgs, makeMessageBox, lang

-- Set constants.
local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Protection banner/config'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function makeCategoryLink(cat, sort)
if cat then
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[14].name,
cat,
sort
)
end
end

-- Validation function for the expiry and the protection date
local function validateDate(dateString, dateType)
if not lang then
lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()
end
local success, result = pcall(lang.formatDate, lang, 'U', dateString)
if success then
result = tonumber(result)
if result then
return result
end
end
error(string.format(
'invalid %s: %s',
dateType,
tostring(dateString)
), 4)
end

local function makeFullUrl(page, query, display)
return string.format(
'[%s %s]',
tostring(mw.uri.fullUrl(page, query)),
display
)
end

-- Given a directed graph formatted as node -> table of direct successors,
-- get a table of all nodes reachable from a given node (though always
-- including the given node).
local function getReachableNodes(graph, start)
local toWalk, retval = {[start] = true}, {}
while true do
-- Can't use pairs() since we're adding and removing things as we're iterating
local k = next(toWalk) -- This always gets the "first" key
if k == nil then
return retval
end
toWalk[k] = nil
retval[k] = true
for _,v in ipairs(graph[k]) do
if not retval[v] then
toWalk[v] = true
end
end
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Protection class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Protection = {}
Protection.__index = Protection

Protection.supportedActions = {
edit = true,
move = true,
autoreview = true,
upload = true
}

Protection.bannerConfigFields = {
'text',
'explanation',
'tooltip',
'alt',
'link',
'image'
}

function Protection.new(args, cfg, title)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg
obj.title = title or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set action
if not args.action then
obj.action = 'edit'
elseif Protection.supportedActions[args.action] then
obj.action = args.action
else
error(string.format(
'invalid action: %s',
tostring(args.action)
), 3)
end

-- Set level
obj.level = args.demolevel or effectiveProtectionLevel(obj.action, obj.title)
if not obj.level or (obj.action == 'move' and obj.level == 'autoconfirmed') then
-- Users need to be autoconfirmed to move pages anyway, so treat
-- semi-move-protected pages as unprotected.
obj.level = '*'
end

-- Set expiry
local effectiveExpiry = effectiveProtectionExpiry(obj.action, obj.title)
if effectiveExpiry == 'infinity' then
obj.expiry = 'indef'
elseif effectiveExpiry ~= 'unknown' then
obj.expiry = validateDate(effectiveExpiry, 'expiry date')
end

-- Set reason
if args[1] then
obj.reason = mw.ustring.lower(args[1])
if obj.reason:find('|') then
error('reasons cannot contain the pipe character ("|")', 3)
end
end

-- Set protection date
if args.date then
obj.protectionDate = validateDate(args.date, 'protection date')
end

-- Set banner config
do
obj.bannerConfig = {}
local configTables = {}
if cfg.banners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.banners[obj.action][obj.reason]
end
if cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action] then
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action][obj.level]
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.defaultBanners[obj.action].default
end
configTables[#configTables + 1] = cfg.masterBanner
for i, field in ipairs(Protection.bannerConfigFields) do
for j, t in ipairs(configTables) do
if t[field] then
obj.bannerConfig[field] = t[field]
break
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, Protection)
end

function Protection:isUserScript()
-- Whether the page is a user JavaScript or CSS page.
local title = self.title
return title.namespace == 2 and (
title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css'
)
end

function Protection:isProtected()
return self.level ~= '*'
end

function Protection:shouldShowLock()
-- Whether we should output a banner/padlock
return self:isProtected() and not self:isUserScript()
end

-- Whether this page needs a protection category.
Protection.shouldHaveProtectionCategory = Protection.shouldShowLock

function Protection:isTemporary()
return type(self.expiry) == 'number'
end

function Protection:makeProtectionCategory()
if not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory() then
return ''
end

local cfg = self._cfg
local title = self.title

-- Get the expiry key fragment.
local expiryFragment
if self.expiry == 'indef' then
expiryFragment = self.expiry
elseif type(self.expiry) == 'number' then
expiryFragment = 'temp'
end

-- Get the namespace key fragment.
local namespaceFragment = cfg.categoryNamespaceKeys[title.namespace]
if not namespaceFragment and title.namespace % 2 == 1 then
namespaceFragment = 'talk'
end

-- Define the order that key fragments are tested in. This is done with an
-- array of tables containing the value to be tested, along with its
-- position in the cfg.protectionCategories table.
local order = {
{val = expiryFragment, keypos = 1},
{val = namespaceFragment, keypos = 2},
{val = self.reason, keypos = 3},
{val = self.level, keypos = 4},
{val = self.action, keypos = 5}
}

--[[
-- The old protection templates used an ad-hoc protection category system,
-- with some templates prioritising namespaces in their categories, and
-- others prioritising the protection reason. To emulate this in this module
-- we use the config table cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority to set the
-- reasons for which namespaces have priority over protection reason.
-- If we are dealing with one of those reasons, move the namespace table to
-- the end of the order table, i.e. give it highest priority. If not, the
-- reason should have highest priority, so move that to the end of the table
-- instead.
--]]
table.insert(order, table.remove(order, self.reason and cfg.reasonsWithNamespacePriority[self.reason] and 2 or 3))

--[[
-- Define the attempt order. Inactive subtables (subtables with nil "value"
-- fields) are moved to the end, where they will later be given the key
-- "all". This is to cut down on the number of table lookups in
-- cfg.protectionCategories, which grows exponentially with the number of
-- non-nil keys. We keep track of the number of active subtables with the
-- noActive parameter.
--]]
local noActive, attemptOrder
do
local active, inactive = {}, {}
for i, t in ipairs(order) do
if t.val then
active[#active + 1] = t
else
inactive[#inactive + 1] = t
end
end
noActive = #active
attemptOrder = active
for i, t in ipairs(inactive) do
attemptOrder[#attemptOrder + 1] = t
end
end

--[[
-- Check increasingly generic key combinations until we find a match. If a
-- specific category exists for the combination of key fragments we are
-- given, that match will be found first. If not, we keep trying different
-- key fragment combinations until we match using the key
-- "all-all-all-all-all".
--
-- To generate the keys, we index the key subtables using a binary matrix
-- with indexes i and j. j is only calculated up to the number of active
-- subtables. For example, if there were three active subtables, the matrix
-- would look like this, with 0 corresponding to the key fragment "all", and
-- 1 corresponding to other key fragments.
--
-- j 1 2 3
-- i
-- 1 1 1 1
-- 2 0 1 1
-- 3 1 0 1
-- 4 0 0 1
-- 5 1 1 0
-- 6 0 1 0
-- 7 1 0 0
-- 8 0 0 0
--
-- Values of j higher than the number of active subtables are set
-- to the string "all".
--
-- A key for cfg.protectionCategories is constructed for each value of i.
-- The position of the value in the key is determined by the keypos field in
-- each subtable.
--]]
local cats = cfg.protectionCategories
for i = 1, 2^noActive do
local key = {}
for j, t in ipairs(attemptOrder) do
if j > noActive then
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
else
local quotient = i / 2 ^ (j - 1)
quotient = math.ceil(quotient)
if quotient % 2 == 1 then
key[t.keypos] = t.val
else
key[t.keypos] = 'all'
end
end
end
key = table.concat(key, '|')
local attempt = cats[key]
if attempt then
return makeCategoryLink(attempt, title.text)
end
end
return ''
end

function Protection:isIncorrect()
local expiry = self.expiry
return not self:shouldHaveProtectionCategory()
or type(expiry) == 'number' and expiry < os.time()
end

function Protection:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate()
local action, namespace = self.action, self.title.namespace
return self.level == 'templateeditor'
and (
(action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move')
or (namespace ~= 10 and namespace ~= 828)
)
end

function Protection:makeCategoryLinks()
local msg = self._cfg.msg
local ret = {self:makeProtectionCategory()}
if self:isIncorrect() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-incorrect'],
self.title.text
)
end
if self:isTemplateProtectedNonTemplate() then
ret[#ret + 1] = makeCategoryLink(
msg['tracking-category-template'],
self.title.text
)
end
return table.concat(ret)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Blurb class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Blurb = {}
Blurb.__index = Blurb

Blurb.bannerTextFields = {
text = true,
explanation = true,
tooltip = true,
alt = true,
link = true
}

function Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)
return setmetatable({
_cfg = cfg,
_protectionObj = protectionObj,
_args = args
}, Blurb)
end

-- Private methods --

function Blurb:_formatDate(num)
-- Formats a Unix timestamp into dd Month, YYYY format.
lang = lang or mw.language.getContentLanguage()
local success, date = pcall(
lang.formatDate,
lang,
self._cfg.msg['expiry-date-format'] or 'j F Y',
'@' .. tostring(num)
)
if success then
return date
end
end

function Blurb:_getExpandedMessage(msgKey)
return self:_substituteParameters(self._cfg.msg[msgKey])
end

function Blurb:_substituteParameters(msg)
if not self._params then
local parameterFuncs = {}

parameterFuncs.CURRENTVERSION = self._makeCurrentVersionParameter
parameterFuncs.EDITREQUEST = self._makeEditRequestParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPIRY = self._makeExpiryParameter
parameterFuncs.EXPLANATIONBLURB = self._makeExplanationBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.IMAGELINK = self._makeImageLinkParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROBLURB = self._makeIntroBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.INTROFRAGMENT = self._makeIntroFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.PAGETYPE = self._makePagetypeParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONBLURB = self._makeProtectionBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONDATE = self._makeProtectionDateParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLEVEL = self._makeProtectionLevelParameter
parameterFuncs.PROTECTIONLOG = self._makeProtectionLogParameter
parameterFuncs.TALKPAGE = self._makeTalkPageParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPBLURB = self._makeTooltipBlurbParameter
parameterFuncs.TOOLTIPFRAGMENT = self._makeTooltipFragmentParameter
parameterFuncs.VANDAL = self._makeVandalTemplateParameter

self._params = setmetatable({}, {
__index = function (t, k)
local param
if parameterFuncs[k] then
param = parameterFuncs[k](self)
end
param = param or ''
t[k] = param
return param
end
})
end

msg = msg:gsub('${(%u+)}', self._params)
return msg
end

function Blurb:_makeCurrentVersionParameter()
-- A link to the page history or the move log, depending on the kind of
-- protection.
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'move' then
-- We need the move log link.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'move', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-move-display')
)
else
-- We need the history link.
return makeFullUrl(
pagename,
{action = 'history'},
self:_getExpandedMessage('current-version-edit-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeEditRequestParameter()
local mEditRequest = require('Module:Submit an edit request')
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level

-- Get the edit request type.
local requestType
if action == 'edit' then
if level == 'autoconfirmed' then
requestType = 'semi'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
requestType = 'extended'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
requestType = 'template'
end
end
requestType = requestType or 'full'

-- Get the display value.
local display = self:_getExpandedMessage('edit-request-display')

return mEditRequest._link{type = requestType, display = display}
end

function Blurb:_makeExpiryParameter()
local expiry = self._protectionObj.expiry
if type(expiry) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(expiry)
else
return expiry
end
end

function Blurb:_makeExplanationBlurbParameter()
-- Cover special cases first.
if self._protectionObj.title.namespace == 8 then
-- MediaWiki namespace
return self:_getExpandedMessage('explanation-blurb-nounprotect')
end

-- Get explanation blurb table keys
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local talkKey = self._protectionObj.title.isTalkPage and 'talk' or 'subject'

-- Find the message in the explanation blurb table and substitute any
-- parameters.
local explanations = self._cfg.explanationBlurbs
local msg
if explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level][talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action][level][talkKey]
elseif explanations[action][level] and explanations[action][level].default then
msg = explanations[action][level].default
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default[talkKey] then
msg = explanations[action].default[talkKey]
elseif explanations[action].default and explanations[action].default.default then
msg = explanations[action].default.default
else
error(string.format(
'could not find explanation blurb for action "%s", level "%s" and talk key "%s"',
action,
level,
talkKey
), 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeImageLinkParameter()
local imageLinks = self._cfg.imageLinks
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if imageLinks[action][level] then
msg = imageLinks[action][level]
elseif imageLinks[action].default then
msg = imageLinks[action].default
else
msg = imageLinks.edit.default
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeIntroFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('intro-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makePagetypeParameter()
local pagetypes = self._cfg.pagetypes
return pagetypes[self._protectionObj.title.namespace]
or pagetypes.default
or error('no default pagetype defined', 8)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionBlurbParameter()
local protectionBlurbs = self._cfg.protectionBlurbs
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionBlurbs[action][level] then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action][level]
elseif protectionBlurbs[action].default then
msg = protectionBlurbs[action].default
elseif protectionBlurbs.edit.default then
msg = protectionBlurbs.edit.default
else
error('no protection blurb defined for protectionBlurbs.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionDateParameter()
local protectionDate = self._protectionObj.protectionDate
if type(protectionDate) == 'number' then
return self:_formatDate(protectionDate)
else
return protectionDate
end
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLevelParameter()
local protectionLevels = self._cfg.protectionLevels
local action = self._protectionObj.action
local level = self._protectionObj.level
local msg
if protectionLevels[action][level] then
msg = protectionLevels[action][level]
elseif protectionLevels[action].default then
msg = protectionLevels[action].default
elseif protectionLevels.edit.default then
msg = protectionLevels.edit.default
else
error('no protection level defined for protectionLevels.edit.default', 8)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end

function Blurb:_makeProtectionLogParameter()
local pagename = self._protectionObj.title.prefixedText
if self._protectionObj.action == 'autoreview' then
-- We need the pending changes log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'stable', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('pc-log-display')
)
else
-- We need the protection log.
return makeFullUrl(
'Special:Log',
{type = 'protect', page = pagename},
self:_getExpandedMessage('protection-log-display')
)
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTalkPageParameter()
return string.format(
'[[%s:%s#%s|%s]]',
mw.site.namespaces[self._protectionObj.title.namespace].talk.name,
self._protectionObj.title.text,
self._args.section or 'top',
self:_getExpandedMessage('talk-page-link-display')
)
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipBlurbParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-blurb-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeTooltipFragmentParameter()
if self._protectionObj:isTemporary() then
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-expiry')
else
return self:_getExpandedMessage('tooltip-fragment-noexpiry')
end
end

function Blurb:_makeVandalTemplateParameter()
return mw.getCurrentFrame():expandTemplate{
title="vandal-m",
args={self._args.user or self._protectionObj.title.baseText}
}
end

-- Public methods --

function Blurb:makeBannerText(key)
-- Validate input.
if not key or not Blurb.bannerTextFields[key] then
error(string.format(
'"%s" is not a valid banner config field',
tostring(key)
), 2)
end

-- Generate the text.
local msg = self._protectionObj.bannerConfig[key]
if type(msg) == 'string' then
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
elseif type(msg) == 'function' then
msg = msg(self._protectionObj, self._args)
if type(msg) ~= 'string' then
error(string.format(
'bad output from banner config function with key "%s"'
.. ' (expected string, got %s)',
tostring(key),
type(msg)
), 4)
end
return self:_substituteParameters(msg)
end
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- BannerTemplate class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local BannerTemplate = {}
BannerTemplate.__index = BannerTemplate

function BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg)
local obj = {}
obj._cfg = cfg

-- Set the image filename.
local imageFilename = protectionObj.bannerConfig.image
if imageFilename then
obj._imageFilename = imageFilename
else
-- If an image filename isn't specified explicitly in the banner config,
-- generate it from the protection status and the namespace.
local action = protectionObj.action
local level = protectionObj.level
local namespace = protectionObj.title.namespace
local reason = protectionObj.reason

-- Deal with special cases first.
if (
namespace == 10
or namespace == 828
or reason and obj._cfg.indefImageReasons[reason]
)
and action == 'edit'
and level == 'sysop'
and not protectionObj:isTemporary()
then
-- Fully protected modules and templates get the special red "indef"
-- padlock.
obj._imageFilename = obj._cfg.msg['image-filename-indef']
else
-- Deal with regular protection types.
local images = obj._cfg.images
if images[action] then
if images[action][level] then
obj._imageFilename = images[action][level]
elseif images[action].default then
obj._imageFilename = images[action].default
end
end
end
end
return setmetatable(obj, BannerTemplate)
end

function BannerTemplate:renderImage()
local filename = self._imageFilename
or self._cfg.msg['image-filename-default']
or 'Transparent.gif'
return makeFileLink{
file = filename,
size = (self.imageWidth or 20) .. 'px',
alt = self._imageAlt,
link = self._imageLink,
caption = self.imageCaption
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Banner class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Banner = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Banner.__index = Banner

function Banner.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 40
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt') -- Large banners use the alt text for the tooltip.
obj._reasonText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('text')
obj._explanationText = blurbObj:makeBannerText('explanation')
obj._page = protectionObj.title.prefixedText -- Only makes a difference in testing.
return setmetatable(obj, Banner)
end

function Banner:__tostring()
-- Renders the banner.
makeMessageBox = makeMessageBox or require('Module:Message box').main
local reasonText = self._reasonText or error('no reason text set', 2)
local explanationText = self._explanationText
local mbargs = {
page = self._page,
type = 'protection',
image = self:renderImage(),
text = string.format(
"'''%s'''%s",
reasonText,
explanationText and '<br />' .. explanationText or ''
)
}
return makeMessageBox('mbox', mbargs)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Padlock class
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local Padlock = setmetatable({}, BannerTemplate)
Padlock.__index = Padlock

function Padlock.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
local obj = BannerTemplate.new(protectionObj, cfg) -- This doesn't need the blurb.
obj.imageWidth = 20
obj.imageCaption = blurbObj:makeBannerText('tooltip')
obj._imageAlt = blurbObj:makeBannerText('alt')
obj._imageLink = blurbObj:makeBannerText('link')
obj._indicatorName = cfg.padlockIndicatorNames[protectionObj.action]
or cfg.padlockIndicatorNames.default
or 'pp-default'
return setmetatable(obj, Padlock)
end

function Padlock:__tostring()
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
-- The nowiki tag helps prevent whitespace at the top of articles.
return frame:extensionTag{name = 'nowiki'} .. frame:extensionTag{
name = 'indicator',
args = {name = self._indicatorName},
content = self:renderImage()
}
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p = {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- This is used for testing purposes.
return {
Protection = Protection,
Blurb = Blurb,
BannerTemplate = BannerTemplate,
Banner = Banner,
Padlock = Padlock,
}
end

function p._main(args, cfg, title)
args = args or {}
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

local protectionObj = Protection.new(args, cfg, title)

local ret = {}

-- If a page's edit protection is equally or more restrictive than its
-- protection from some other action, then don't bother displaying anything
-- for the other action (except categories).
if not yesno(args.catonly) and (protectionObj.action == 'edit' or
args.demolevel or
not getReachableNodes(
cfg.hierarchy,
protectionObj.level
)[effectiveProtectionLevel('edit', protectionObj.title)])
then
-- Initialise the blurb object
local blurbObj = Blurb.new(protectionObj, args, cfg)

-- Render the banner
if protectionObj:shouldShowLock() then
ret[#ret + 1] = tostring(
(yesno(args.small) and Padlock or Banner)
.new(protectionObj, blurbObj, cfg)
)
end
end

-- Render the categories
if yesno(args.category) ~= false then
ret[#ret + 1] = protectionObj:makeCategoryLinks()
end

-- For arbitration enforcement, flagging [[WP:PIA]] pages to enable [[Special:AbuseFilter/1339]] to flag edits to them
if protectionObj.level == "extendedconfirmed" then
if require("Module:TableTools").inArray(protectionObj.title.talkPageTitle.categories, "Wikipedia pages subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict") then
ret[#ret + 1] = "<p class='PIA-flag' style='display:none; visibility:hidden;' title='This page is subject to the extended confirmed restriction related to the Arab-Israeli conflict.'></p>"
end
end

return table.concat(ret)
end

function p.main(frame, cfg)
cfg = cfg or require(CONFIG_MODULE)

-- Find default args, if any.
local parent = frame.getParent and frame:getParent()
local defaultArgs = parent and cfg.wrappers[parent:getTitle():gsub('/sandbox$', '')]

-- Find user args, and use the parent frame if we are being called from a
-- wrapper template.
getArgs = getArgs or require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
local userArgs = getArgs(frame, {
parentOnly = defaultArgs,
frameOnly = not defaultArgs
})

-- Build the args table. User-specified args overwrite default args.
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(defaultArgs or {}) do
args[k] = v
end
for k, v in pairs(userArgs) do
args[k] = v
end
return p._main(args, cfg)
end

return p

Módulo:Effective protection level

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local p = {}

-- Returns the permission required to perform a given action on a given title.
-- If no title is specified, the title of the page being displayed is used.
function p._main(action, pagename)
local title
if type(pagename) == 'table' and pagename.prefixedText then
title = pagename
elseif pagename then
title = mw.title.new(pagename)
else
title = mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
pagename = title.prefixedText
if action == 'autoreview' then
local level = mw.ext.FlaggedRevs.getStabilitySettings(title)
level = level and level.autoreview
if level == 'review' then
return 'reviewer'
elseif level ~= '' then
return level
else
return nil -- not '*'. a page not being PC-protected is distinct from it being PC-protected with anyone able to review. also not '', as that would mean PC-protected but nobody can review
end
elseif action ~= 'edit' and action ~= 'move' and action ~= 'create' and action ~= 'upload' and action ~= 'undelete' then
error( 'First parameter must be one of edit, move, create, upload, undelete, autoreview', 2 )
end
if title.namespace == 8 then -- MediaWiki namespace
if title.text:sub(-3) == '.js' or title.text:sub(-4) == '.css' or title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- site JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
else -- any non-JS/CSS MediaWiki page
return 'sysop'
end
elseif title.namespace == 2 and title.isSubpage then
if title.contentModel == 'javascript' or title.contentModel == 'css' then -- user JS or CSS page
return 'interfaceadmin'
elseif title.contentModel == 'json' then -- user JSON page
return 'sysop'
end
end
if action == 'undelete' then
return 'sysop'
end
local level = title.protectionLevels[action] and title.protectionLevels[action][1]
if level == 'sysop' or level == 'editprotected' then
return 'sysop'
elseif title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action] and title.cascadingProtection.restrictions[action][1] then -- used by a cascading-protected page
return 'sysop'
elseif level == 'templateeditor' then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif action == 'move' then
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test('edit', pagename) -- Testing action edit is correct, since this is for the source page. The target page name gets tested with action move.
if blacklistentry and not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif title.namespace == 6 then
return 'filemover'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
end
local blacklistentry = mw.ext.TitleBlacklist.test(action, pagename)
if blacklistentry then
if not blacklistentry.params.autoconfirmed then
return 'templateeditor'
elseif level == 'extendedconfirmed' then
return 'extendedconfirmed'
else
return 'autoconfirmed'
end
elseif level == 'editsemiprotected' then -- create-semiprotected pages return this for some reason
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif level then
return level
elseif action == 'upload' then
return 'autoconfirmed'
elseif action == 'create' and title.namespace % 2 == 0 and title.namespace ~= 118 then -- You need to be registered, but not autoconfirmed, to create non-talk pages other than drafts
if title.namespace == 0 then
return 'autoconfirmed' -- Per [[WP:ACPERM]], you need to be autoconfirmed to create pages in mainspace
end
return 'user'
else
return '*'
end
end

setmetatable(p, { __index = function(t, k)
return function(frame)
return t._main(k, frame.args[1])
end
end })

return p

Plantilla:Namespace detect

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#invoke:Namespace detect|main}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Plantilla:Plain link

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

<span class="plainlinks" {{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{title|}}}|title="{{{title}}}"}}>{{SAFESUBST:<noinclude />#if:{{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}}
|[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}} {{{2|{{{NAME|{{{name|}}}}}}}}}]
|[{{{1|{{{URL|{{{url}}}}}}}}}]
}}</span><noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Módulo:String

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--[[

This module is intended to provide access to basic string functions.

Most of the functions provided here can be invoked with named parameters,
unnamed parameters, or a mixture. If named parameters are used, Mediawiki will
automatically remove any leading or trailing whitespace from the parameter.
Depending on the intended use, it may be advantageous to either preserve or
remove such whitespace.

Global options
ignore_errors: If set to 'true' or 1, any error condition will result in
an empty string being returned rather than an error message.

error_category: If an error occurs, specifies the name of a category to
include with the error message. The default category is
[Category:Errors reported by Module String].

no_category: If set to 'true' or 1, no category will be added if an error
is generated.

Unit tests for this module are available at Module:String/tests.
]]

local str = {}

--[[
len

This function returns the length of the target string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|len|target_string|}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|len|s=target_string}}

Parameters
s: The string whose length to report

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string.
]]
function str.len( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
return mw.ustring.len( s )
end

--[[
sub

This function returns a substring of the target string at specified indices.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|sub|target_string|start_index|end_index}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|sub|s=target_string|i=start_index|j=end_index}}

Parameters
s: The string to return a subset of
i: The first index of the substring to return, defaults to 1.
j: The last index of the string to return, defaults to the last character.

The first character of the string is assigned an index of 1. If either i or j
is a negative value, it is interpreted the same as selecting a character by
counting from the end of the string. Hence, a value of -1 is the same as
selecting the last character of the string.

If the requested indices are out of range for the given string, an error is
reported.
]]
function str.sub( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, { 's', 'i', 'j' } )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local i = tonumber( new_args['i'] ) or 1
local j = tonumber( new_args['j'] ) or -1

local len = mw.ustring.len( s )

-- Convert negatives for range checking
if i < 0 then
i = len + i + 1
end
if j < 0 then
j = len + j + 1
end

if i > len or j > len or i < 1 or j < 1 then
return str._error( 'String subset index out of range' )
end
if j < i then
return str._error( 'String subset indices out of order' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( s, i, j )
end

--[[
This function implements that features of {{str sub old}} and is kept in order
to maintain these older templates.
]]
function str.sublength( frame )
local i = tonumber( frame.args.i ) or 0
local len = tonumber( frame.args.len )
return mw.ustring.sub( frame.args.s, i + 1, len and ( i + len ) )
end

--[[
_match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern. It is exported for use in other modules

Usage:
strmatch = require("Module:String")._match
sresult = strmatch( s, pattern, start, match, plain, nomatch )

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This sub-routine is exported for use in other modules
function str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
if s == '' then
return str._error( 'Target string is empty' )
end
if pattern == '' then
return str._error( 'Pattern string is empty' )
end
start = tonumber(start) or 1
if math.abs(start) < 1 or math.abs(start) > mw.ustring.len( s ) then
return str._error( 'Requested start is out of range' )
end
if match_index == 0 then
return str._error( 'Match index is out of range' )
end
if plain_flag then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
end

local result
if match_index == 1 then
-- Find first match is simple case
result = mw.ustring.match( s, pattern, start )
else
if start > 1 then
s = mw.ustring.sub( s, start )
end

local iterator = mw.ustring.gmatch(s, pattern)
if match_index > 0 then
-- Forward search
for w in iterator do
match_index = match_index - 1
if match_index == 0 then
result = w
break
end
end
else
-- Reverse search
local result_table = {}
local count = 1
for w in iterator do
result_table[count] = w
count = count + 1
end

result = result_table[ count + match_index ]
end
end

if result == nil then
if nomatch == nil then
return str._error( 'Match not found' )
else
return nomatch
end
else
return result
end
end

--[[
match

This function returns a substring from the source string that matches a
specified pattern.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|match|source_string|pattern_string|start_index|match_number|plain_flag|nomatch_output}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|match|s=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|start=start_index
|match=match_number|plain=plain_flag|nomatch=nomatch_output}}

Parameters
s: The string to search
pattern: The pattern or string to find within the string
start: The index within the source string to start the search. The first
character of the string has index 1. Defaults to 1.
match: In some cases it may be possible to make multiple matches on a single
string. This specifies which match to return, where the first match is
match= 1. If a negative number is specified then a match is returned
counting from the last match. Hence match = -1 is the same as requesting
the last match. Defaults to 1.
plain: A flag indicating that the pattern should be understood as plain
text. Defaults to false.
nomatch: If no match is found, output the "nomatch" value rather than an error.

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from each string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

If the match_number or start_index are out of range for the string being queried, then
this function generates an error. An error is also generated if no match is found.
If one adds the parameter ignore_errors=true, then the error will be suppressed and
an empty string will be returned on any failure.

For information on constructing Lua patterns, a form of [regular expression], see:

* http://www.lua.org/manual/5.1/manual.html#5.4.1
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns
* http://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Ustring_patterns

]]
-- This is the entry point for #invoke:String|match
function str.match( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'s', 'pattern', 'start', 'match', 'plain', 'nomatch'} )
local s = new_args['s'] or ''
local start = tonumber( new_args['start'] ) or 1
local plain_flag = str._getBoolean( new_args['plain'] or false )
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local match_index = math.floor( tonumber(new_args['match']) or 1 )
local nomatch = new_args['nomatch']

return str._match( s, pattern, start, match_index, plain_flag, nomatch )
end

--[[
pos

This function returns a single character from the target string at position pos.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|pos|target_string|index_value}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|pos|target=target_string|pos=index_value}}

Parameters
target: The string to search
pos: The index for the character to return

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the target string. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

The first character has an index value of 1.

If one requests a negative value, this function will select a character by counting backwards
from the end of the string. In other words pos = -1 is the same as asking for the last character.

A requested value of zero, or a value greater than the length of the string returns an error.
]]
function str.pos( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'target', 'pos'} )
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''
local pos = tonumber( new_args['pos'] ) or 0

if pos == 0 or math.abs(pos) > mw.ustring.len( target_str ) then
return str._error( 'String index out of range' )
end

return mw.ustring.sub( target_str, pos, pos )
end

--[[
str_find

This function duplicates the behavior of {{str_find}}, including all of its quirks.
This is provided in order to support existing templates, but is NOT RECOMMENDED for
new code and templates. New code is recommended to use the "find" function instead.

Returns the first index in "source" that is a match to "target". Indexing is 1-based,
and the function returns -1 if the "target" string is not present in "source".

Important Note: If the "target" string is empty / missing, this function returns a
value of "1", which is generally unexpected behavior, and must be accounted for
separatetly.
]]
function str.str_find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target'} )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local target_str = new_args['target'] or ''

if target_str == '' then
return 1
end

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, target_str, 1, true )
if start == nil then
start = -1
end

return start
end

--[[
find

This function allows one to search for a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|find|source_str|target_string|start_index|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|find|source=source_str|target=target_str|start=start_index|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
target: The string or pattern to find within source
start: The index within the source string to start the search, defaults to 1
plain: Boolean flag indicating that target should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true

If invoked using named parameters, Mediawiki will automatically remove any leading or
trailing whitespace from the parameter. In some circumstances this is desirable, in
other cases one may want to preserve the whitespace.

This function returns the first index >= "start" where "target" can be found
within "source". Indices are 1-based. If "target" is not found, then this
function returns 0. If either "source" or "target" are missing / empty, this
function also returns 0.

This function should be safe for UTF-8 strings.
]]
function str.find( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'target', 'start', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['target'] or ''
local start_pos = tonumber(new_args['start']) or 1
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return 0
end

plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

local start = mw.ustring.find( source_str, pattern, start_pos, plain )
if start == nil then
start = 0
end

return start
end

--[[
replace

This function allows one to replace a target string or pattern within another
string.

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|replace|source_str|pattern_string|replace_string|replacement_count|plain_flag}}
OR
{{#invoke:String|replace|source=source_string|pattern=pattern_string|replace=replace_string|
count=replacement_count|plain=plain_flag}}

Parameters
source: The string to search
pattern: The string or pattern to find within source
replace: The replacement text
count: The number of occurences to replace, defaults to all.
plain: Boolean flag indicating that pattern should be understood as plain
text and not as a Lua style regular expression, defaults to true
]]
function str.replace( frame )
local new_args = str._getParameters( frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'replace', 'count', 'plain' } )
local source_str = new_args['source'] or ''
local pattern = new_args['pattern'] or ''
local replace = new_args['replace'] or ''
local count = tonumber( new_args['count'] )
local plain = new_args['plain'] or true

if source_str == '' or pattern == '' then
return source_str
end
plain = str._getBoolean( plain )

if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern( pattern )
replace = string.gsub( replace, "%%", "%%%%" ) --Only need to escape replacement sequences.
end

local result

if count ~= nil then
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace, count )
else
result = mw.ustring.gsub( source_str, pattern, replace )
end

return result
end

--[[
simple function to pipe string.rep to templates.
]]
function str.rep( frame )
local repetitions = tonumber( frame.args[2] )
if not repetitions then
return str._error( 'function rep expects a number as second parameter, received "' .. ( frame.args[2] or '' ) .. '"' )
end
return string.rep( frame.args[1] or '', repetitions )
end

--[[
escapePattern

This function escapes special characters from a Lua string pattern. See [1]
for details on how patterns work.

[1] https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Usage:
{{#invoke:String|escapePattern|pattern_string}}

Parameters
pattern_string: The pattern string to escape.
]]
function str.escapePattern( frame )
local pattern_str = frame.args[1]
if not pattern_str then
return str._error( 'No pattern string specified' )
end
local result = str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return result
end

--[[
count
This function counts the number of occurrences of one string in another.
]]
function str.count(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern', 'plain'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
local plain = str._getBoolean(args.plain or true)
if plain then
pattern = str._escapePattern(pattern)
end
local _, count = mw.ustring.gsub(source, pattern, '')
return count
end

--[[
endswith
This function determines whether a string ends with another string.
]]
function str.endswith(frame)
local args = str._getParameters(frame.args, {'source', 'pattern'})
local source = args.source or ''
local pattern = args.pattern or ''
if pattern == '' then
-- All strings end with the empty string.
return "yes"
end
if mw.ustring.sub(source, -mw.ustring.len(pattern), -1) == pattern then
return "yes"
else
return ""
end
end

--[[
join

Join all non empty arguments together; the first argument is the separator.
Usage:
{{#invoke:String|join|sep|one|two|three}}
]]
function str.join(frame)
local args = {}
local sep
for _, v in ipairs( frame.args ) do
if sep then
if v ~= '' then
table.insert(args, v)
end
else
sep = v
end
end
return table.concat( args, sep or '' )
end

--[[
Helper function that populates the argument list given that user may need to use a mix of
named and unnamed parameters. This is relevant because named parameters are not
identical to unnamed parameters due to string trimming, and when dealing with strings
we sometimes want to either preserve or remove that whitespace depending on the application.
]]
function str._getParameters( frame_args, arg_list )
local new_args = {}
local index = 1
local value

for _, arg in ipairs( arg_list ) do
value = frame_args[arg]
if value == nil then
value = frame_args[index]
index = index + 1
end
new_args[arg] = value
end

return new_args
end

--[[
Helper function to handle error messages.
]]
function str._error( error_str )
local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
local error_category = frame.args.error_category or 'Errors reported by Module String'
local ignore_errors = frame.args.ignore_errors or false
local no_category = frame.args.no_category or false

if str._getBoolean(ignore_errors) then
return ''
end

local error_str = '<strong class="error">String Module Error: ' .. error_str .. '</strong>'
if error_category ~= '' and not str._getBoolean( no_category ) then
error_str = '[[Category:' .. error_category .. ']]' .. error_str
end

return error_str
end

--[[
Helper Function to interpret boolean strings
]]
function str._getBoolean( boolean_str )
local boolean_value

if type( boolean_str ) == 'string' then
boolean_str = boolean_str:lower()
if boolean_str == 'false' or boolean_str == 'no' or boolean_str == '0'
or boolean_str == '' then
boolean_value = false
else
boolean_value = true
end
elseif type( boolean_str ) == 'boolean' then
boolean_value = boolean_str
else
error( 'No boolean value found' )
end
return boolean_value
end

--[[
Helper function that escapes all pattern characters so that they will be treated
as plain text.
]]
function str._escapePattern( pattern_str )
return ( string.gsub( pattern_str, "[%(%)%.%%%+%-%*%?%[%^%$%]]", "%%%0" ) )
end

return str

Módulo:Namespace detect/config

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Namespace detect configuration data --
-- --
-- This module stores configuration data for Module:Namespace detect. Here --
-- you can localise the module to your wiki's language. --
-- --
-- To activate a configuration item, you need to uncomment it. This means --
-- that you need to remove the text "-- " at the start of the line. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = {} -- Don't edit this line.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Parameter names --
-- These configuration items specify custom parameter names. Values added --
-- here will work in addition to the default English parameter names. --
-- To add one extra name, you can use this format: --
-- --
-- cfg.foo = 'parameter name' --
-- --
-- To add multiple names, you can use this format: --
-- --
-- cfg.foo = {'parameter name 1', 'parameter name 2', 'parameter name 3'} --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---- This parameter displays content for the main namespace:
-- cfg.main = 'main'

---- This parameter displays in talk namespaces:
-- cfg.talk = 'talk'

---- This parameter displays content for "other" namespaces (namespaces for which
---- parameters have not been specified):
-- cfg.other = 'other'

---- This parameter makes talk pages behave as though they are the corresponding
---- subject namespace. Note that this parameter is used with [[Module:Yesno]].
---- Edit that module to change the default values of "yes", "no", etc.
-- cfg.subjectns = 'subjectns'

---- This parameter sets a demonstration namespace:
-- cfg.demospace = 'demospace'

---- This parameter sets a specific page to compare:
cfg.demopage = 'page'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Table configuration --
-- These configuration items allow customisation of the "table" function, --
-- used to generate a table of possible parameters in the module --
-- documentation. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

---- The header for the namespace column in the wikitable containing the list of
---- possible subject-space parameters.
-- cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader = 'Namespace'

---- The header for the wikitable containing the list of possible subject-space
---- parameters.
-- cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader = 'Aliases'

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- End of configuration data --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return cfg -- Don't edit this line.

Módulo:Namespace detect/data

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Namespace detect data --
-- This module holds data for [[Module:Namespace detect]] to be loaded per --
-- page, rather than per #invoke, for performance reasons. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local cfg = require('Module:Namespace detect/config')

local function addKey(t, key, defaultKey)
if key ~= defaultKey then
t[#t + 1] = key
end
end

-- Get a table of parameters to query for each default parameter name.
-- This allows wikis to customise parameter names in the cfg table while
-- ensuring that default parameter names will always work. The cfg table
-- values can be added as a string, or as an array of strings.

local defaultKeys = {
'main',
'talk',
'other',
'subjectns',
'demospace',
'demopage'
}

local argKeys = {}
for i, defaultKey in ipairs(defaultKeys) do
argKeys[defaultKey] = {defaultKey}
end

for defaultKey, t in pairs(argKeys) do
local cfgValue = cfg[defaultKey]
local cfgValueType = type(cfgValue)
if cfgValueType == 'string' then
addKey(t, cfgValue, defaultKey)
elseif cfgValueType == 'table' then
for i, key in ipairs(cfgValue) do
addKey(t, key, defaultKey)
end
end
cfg[defaultKey] = nil -- Free the cfg value as we don't need it any more.
end

local function getParamMappings()
--[[
-- Returns a table of how parameter names map to namespace names. The keys
-- are the actual namespace names, in lower case, and the values are the
-- possible parameter names for that namespace, also in lower case. The
-- table entries are structured like this:
-- {
-- [''] = {'main'},
-- ['wikipedia'] = {'wikipedia', 'project', 'wp'},
-- ...
-- }
--]]
local mappings = {}
local mainNsName = mw.site.subjectNamespaces[0].name
mainNsName = mw.ustring.lower(mainNsName)
mappings[mainNsName] = mw.clone(argKeys.main)
mappings['talk'] = mw.clone(argKeys.talk)
for nsid, ns in pairs(mw.site.subjectNamespaces) do
if nsid ~= 0 then -- Exclude main namespace.
local nsname = mw.ustring.lower(ns.name)
local canonicalName = mw.ustring.lower(ns.canonicalName)
mappings[nsname] = {nsname}
if canonicalName ~= nsname then
table.insert(mappings[nsname], canonicalName)
end
for _, alias in ipairs(ns.aliases) do
table.insert(mappings[nsname], mw.ustring.lower(alias))
end
end
end
return mappings
end

return {
argKeys = argKeys,
cfg = cfg,
mappings = getParamMappings()
}

Módulo:Namespace detect

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--[[
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- --
-- NAMESPACE DETECT --
-- --
-- This module implements the {{namespace detect}} template in Lua, with a --
-- few improvements: all namespaces and all namespace aliases are supported, --
-- and namespace names are detected automatically for the local wiki. The --
-- module can also use the corresponding subject namespace value if it is --
-- used on a talk page. Parameter names can be configured for different wikis --
-- by altering the values in the "cfg" table in --
-- Module:Namespace detect/config. --
-- --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--]]

local data = mw.loadData('Module:Namespace detect/data')
local argKeys = data.argKeys
local cfg = data.cfg
local mappings = data.mappings

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local mArguments -- Lazily initialise Module:Arguments
local mTableTools -- Lazily initilalise Module:TableTools
local ustringLower = mw.ustring.lower

local p = {}

local function fetchValue(t1, t2)
-- Fetches a value from the table t1 for the first key in array t2 where
-- a non-nil value of t1 exists.
for i, key in ipairs(t2) do
local value = t1[key]
if value ~= nil then
return value
end
end
return nil
end

local function equalsArrayValue(t, value)
-- Returns true if value equals a value in the array t. Otherwise
-- returns false.
for i, arrayValue in ipairs(t) do
if value == arrayValue then
return true
end
end
return false
end

function p.getPageObject(page)
-- Get the page object, passing the function through pcall in case of
-- errors, e.g. being over the expensive function count limit.
if page then
local success, pageObject = pcall(mw.title.new, page)
if success then
return pageObject
else
return nil
end
else
return mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
end
end

-- Provided for backward compatibility with other modules
function p.getParamMappings()
return mappings
end

local function getNamespace(args)
-- This function gets the namespace name from the page object.
local page = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demopage)
if page == '' then
page = nil
end
local demospace = fetchValue(args, argKeys.demospace)
if demospace == '' then
demospace = nil
end
local subjectns = fetchValue(args, argKeys.subjectns)
local ret
if demospace then
-- Handle "demospace = main" properly.
if equalsArrayValue(argKeys.main, ustringLower(demospace)) then
ret = mw.site.namespaces[0].name
else
ret = demospace
end
else
local pageObject = p.getPageObject(page)
if pageObject then
if pageObject.isTalkPage then
-- Get the subject namespace if the option is set,
-- otherwise use "talk".
if yesno(subjectns) then
ret = mw.site.namespaces[pageObject.namespace].subject.name
else
ret = 'talk'
end
else
ret = pageObject.nsText
end
else
return nil -- return nil if the page object doesn't exist.
end
end
ret = ret:gsub('_', ' ')
return ustringLower(ret)
end

function p._main(args)
-- Check the parameters stored in the mappings table for any matches.
local namespace = getNamespace(args) or 'other' -- "other" avoids nil table keys
local params = mappings[namespace] or {}
local ret = fetchValue(args, params)
--[[
-- If there were no matches, return parameters for other namespaces.
-- This happens if there was no text specified for the namespace that
-- was detected or if the demospace parameter is not a valid
-- namespace. Note that the parameter for the detected namespace must be
-- completely absent for this to happen, not merely blank.
--]]
if ret == nil then
ret = fetchValue(args, argKeys.other)
end
return ret
end

function p.main(frame)
mArguments = require('Module:Arguments')
local args = mArguments.getArgs(frame, {removeBlanks = false})
local ret = p._main(args)
return ret or ''
end

function p.table(frame)
--[[
-- Create a wikitable of all subject namespace parameters, for
-- documentation purposes. The talk parameter is optional, in case it
-- needs to be excluded in the documentation.
--]]

-- Load modules and initialise variables.
mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')
local namespaces = mw.site.namespaces
local cfg = data.cfg
local useTalk = type(frame) == 'table'
and type(frame.args) == 'table'
and yesno(frame.args.talk) -- Whether to use the talk parameter.

-- Get the header names.
local function checkValue(value, default)
if type(value) == 'string' then
return value
else
return default
end
end
local nsHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableNamespaceHeader, 'Namespace')
local aliasesHeader = checkValue(cfg.wikitableAliasesHeader, 'Aliases')

-- Put the namespaces in order.
local mappingsOrdered = {}
for nsname, params in pairs(mappings) do
if useTalk or nsname ~= 'talk' then
local nsid = namespaces[nsname].id
-- Add 1, as the array must start with 1; nsid 0 would be lost otherwise.
nsid = nsid + 1
mappingsOrdered[nsid] = params
end
end
mappingsOrdered = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(mappingsOrdered)

-- Build the table.
local ret = '{| class="wikitable"'
.. '\n|-'
.. '\n! ' .. nsHeader
.. '\n! ' .. aliasesHeader
for i, params in ipairs(mappingsOrdered) do
for j, param in ipairs(params) do
if j == 1 then
ret = ret .. '\n|-'
.. '\n| <code>' .. param .. '</code>'
.. '\n| '
elseif j == 2 then
ret = ret .. '<code>' .. param .. '</code>'
else
ret = ret .. ', <code>' .. param .. '</code>'
end
end
end
ret = ret .. '\n|-'
.. '\n|}'
return ret
end

return p

Módulo:Message box/configuration

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Message box configuration --
-- --
-- This module contains configuration data for [[Module:Message box]]. --
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

return {
ambox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ambox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ambox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ambox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ambox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ambox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ambox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ambox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
allowBlankParams = {'talk', 'sect', 'date', 'issue', 'fix', 'subst', 'hidden'},
allowSmall = true,
smallParam = 'left',
smallClass = 'mbox-small-left',
substCheck = true,
classes = {'metadata', 'ambox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageCheckBlank = true,
imageSmallSize = '20x20px',
imageCellDiv = true,
useCollapsibleTextFields = true,
imageRightNone = true,
sectionDefault = 'article',
allowMainspaceCategories = true,
templateCategory = 'Article message templates',
templateCategoryRequireName = true,
templateErrorCategory = 'Article message templates with missing parameters',
templateErrorParamsToCheck = {'issue', 'fix', 'subst'},
removalNotice = '<small>[[Help:Maintenance template removal|Learn how and when to remove this message]]</small>',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ambox.css'
},

cmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'cmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'cmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'cmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'cmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'cmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'cmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'cmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'cmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/cmbox.css'
},

fmbox = {
types = {
warning = {
class = 'fmbox-warning',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
editnotice = {
class = 'fmbox-editnotice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
},
system = {
class = 'fmbox-system',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'system',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'fmbox'},
imageEmptyCell = false,
imageRightNone = false,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/fmbox.css'
},

imbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'imbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'imbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'imbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'imbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'imbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'imbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
license = {
class = 'imbox-license licensetpl',
image = 'Imbox-license.svg'
},
["license-related"] = {
class = 'imbox-license',
image = 'Imbox-license.svg'
},
featured = {
class = 'imbox-featured',
image = 'Cscr-featured.svg',
imageNeedsLink = true
},
notice = {
class = 'imbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'imbox'},
imageEmptyCell = true,
below = true,
templateCategory = 'File message boxes',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/imbox.css'
},

ombox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'ombox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'ombox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'ombox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'ombox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'ombox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'ombox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'ombox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'ombox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
imageRightNone = true,
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/ombox.css'
},

tmbox = {
types = {
speedy = {
class = 'tmbox-speedy',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
delete = {
class = 'tmbox-delete',
image = 'Ambox warning pn.svg'
},
content = {
class = 'tmbox-content',
image = 'Ambox important.svg'
},
style = {
class = 'tmbox-style',
image = 'Edit-clear.svg'
},
move = {
class = 'tmbox-move',
image = 'Merge-split-transwiki default.svg'
},
protection = {
class = 'tmbox-protection',
image = 'Semi-protection-shackle-keyhole.svg'
},
notice = {
class = 'tmbox-notice',
image = 'Information icon4.svg'
}
},
default = 'notice',
showInvalidTypeError = true,
classes = {'tmbox'},
allowSmall = true,
imageRightNone = true,
imageEmptyCell = true,
templateCategory = 'Talk message boxes',
templatestyles = 'Module:Message box/tmbox.css'
}
}

Módulo:Message box

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

require('strict')
local getArgs
local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local lang = mw.language.getContentLanguage()

local CONFIG_MODULE = 'Module:Message box/configuration'
local DEMOSPACES = {talk = 'tmbox', image = 'imbox', file = 'imbox', category = 'cmbox', article = 'ambox', main = 'ambox'}

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Helper functions
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local function getTitleObject(...)
-- Get the title object, passing the function through pcall
-- in case we are over the expensive function count limit.
local success, title = pcall(mw.title.new, ...)
if success then
return title
end
end

local function union(t1, t2)
-- Returns the union of two arrays.
local vals = {}
for i, v in ipairs(t1) do
vals[v] = true
end
for i, v in ipairs(t2) do
vals[v] = true
end
local ret = {}
for k in pairs(vals) do
table.insert(ret, k)
end
table.sort(ret)
return ret
end

local function getArgNums(args, prefix)
local nums = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
local num = mw.ustring.match(tostring(k), '^' .. prefix .. '([1-9]%d*)$')
if num then
table.insert(nums, tonumber(num))
end
end
table.sort(nums)
return nums
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Box class definition
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local MessageBox = {}
MessageBox.__index = MessageBox

function MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfg)
args = args or {}
local obj = {}

-- Set the title object and the namespace.
obj.title = getTitleObject(args.page) or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()

-- Set the config for our box type.
obj.cfg = cfg[boxType]
if not obj.cfg then
local ns = obj.title.namespace
-- boxType is "mbox" or invalid input
if args.demospace and args.demospace ~= '' then
-- implement demospace parameter of mbox
local demospace = string.lower(args.demospace)
if DEMOSPACES[demospace] then
-- use template from DEMOSPACES
obj.cfg = cfg[DEMOSPACES[demospace]]
elseif string.find( demospace, 'talk' ) then
-- demo as a talk page
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox
else
-- default to ombox
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox
end
elseif ns == 0 then
obj.cfg = cfg.ambox -- main namespace
elseif ns == 6 then
obj.cfg = cfg.imbox -- file namespace
elseif ns == 14 then
obj.cfg = cfg.cmbox -- category namespace
else
local nsTable = mw.site.namespaces[ns]
if nsTable and nsTable.isTalk then
obj.cfg = cfg.tmbox -- any talk namespace
else
obj.cfg = cfg.ombox -- other namespaces or invalid input
end
end
end

-- Set the arguments, and remove all blank arguments except for the ones
-- listed in cfg.allowBlankParams.
do
local newArgs = {}
for k, v in pairs(args) do
if v ~= '' then
newArgs[k] = v
end
end
for i, param in ipairs(obj.cfg.allowBlankParams or {}) do
newArgs[param] = args[param]
end
obj.args = newArgs
end

-- Define internal data structure.
obj.categories = {}
obj.classes = {}
-- For lazy loading of [[Module:Category handler]].
obj.hasCategories = false

return setmetatable(obj, MessageBox)
end

function MessageBox:addCat(ns, cat, sort)
if not cat then
return nil
end
if sort then
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s|%s]]', cat, sort)
else
cat = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
end
self.hasCategories = true
self.categories[ns] = self.categories[ns] or {}
table.insert(self.categories[ns], cat)
end

function MessageBox:addClass(class)
if not class then
return nil
end
table.insert(self.classes, class)
end

function MessageBox:setParameters()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Get type data.
self.type = args.type
local typeData = cfg.types[self.type]
self.invalidTypeError = cfg.showInvalidTypeError
and self.type
and not typeData
typeData = typeData or cfg.types[cfg.default]
self.typeClass = typeData.class
self.typeImage = typeData.image
self.typeImageNeedsLink = typeData.imageNeedsLink

-- Find if the box has been wrongly substituted.
self.isSubstituted = cfg.substCheck and args.subst == 'SUBST'

-- Find whether we are using a small message box.
self.isSmall = cfg.allowSmall and (
cfg.smallParam and args.small == cfg.smallParam
or not cfg.smallParam and yesno(args.small)
)

-- Add attributes, classes and styles.
self.id = args.id
self.name = args.name
if self.name then
self:addClass('box-' .. string.gsub(self.name,' ','_'))
end
if yesno(args.plainlinks) ~= false then
self:addClass('plainlinks')
end
for _, class in ipairs(cfg.classes or {}) do
self:addClass(class)
end
if self.isSmall then
self:addClass(cfg.smallClass or 'mbox-small')
end
self:addClass(self.typeClass)
self:addClass(args.class)
self.style = args.style
self.attrs = args.attrs

-- Set text style.
self.textstyle = args.textstyle

-- Set image classes.
self.imageRightClass = args.imagerightclass or args.imageclass
self.imageLeftClass = args.imageleftclass or args.imageclass

-- Find if we are on the template page or not. This functionality is only
-- used if useCollapsibleTextFields is set, or if both cfg.templateCategory
-- and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName are set.
self.useCollapsibleTextFields = cfg.useCollapsibleTextFields
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields
or cfg.templateCategory
and cfg.templateCategoryRequireName
then
if self.name then
local templateName = mw.ustring.match(
self.name,
'^[tT][eE][mM][pP][lL][aA][tT][eE][%s_]*:[%s_]*(.*)$'
) or self.name
templateName = 'Template:' .. templateName
self.templateTitle = getTitleObject(templateName)
end
self.isTemplatePage = self.templateTitle
and mw.title.equals(self.title, self.templateTitle)
end

-- Process data for collapsible text fields. At the moment these are only
-- used in {{ambox}}.
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- Get the self.issue value.
if self.isSmall and args.smalltext then
self.issue = args.smalltext
else
local sect
if args.sect == '' then
sect = 'This ' .. (cfg.sectionDefault or 'page')
elseif type(args.sect) == 'string' then
sect = 'This ' .. args.sect
end
local issue = args.issue
issue = type(issue) == 'string' and issue ~= '' and issue or nil
local text = args.text
text = type(text) == 'string' and text or nil
local issues = {}
table.insert(issues, sect)
table.insert(issues, issue)
table.insert(issues, text)
self.issue = table.concat(issues, ' ')
end

-- Get the self.talk value.
local talk = args.talk
-- Show talk links on the template page or template subpages if the talk
-- parameter is blank.
if talk == ''
and self.templateTitle
and (
mw.title.equals(self.templateTitle, self.title)
or self.title:isSubpageOf(self.templateTitle)
)
then
talk = '#'
elseif talk == '' then
talk = nil
end
if talk then
-- If the talk value is a talk page, make a link to that page. Else
-- assume that it's a section heading, and make a link to the talk
-- page of the current page with that section heading.
local talkTitle = getTitleObject(talk)
local talkArgIsTalkPage = true
if not talkTitle or not talkTitle.isTalkPage then
talkArgIsTalkPage = false
talkTitle = getTitleObject(
self.title.text,
mw.site.namespaces[self.title.namespace].talk.id
)
end
if talkTitle and talkTitle.exists then
local talkText
if self.isSmall then
local talkLink = talkArgIsTalkPage and talk or (talkTitle.prefixedText .. (talk == '#' and '' or '#') .. talk)
talkText = string.format('([[%s|talk]])', talkLink)
else
talkText = 'Relevant discussion may be found on'
if talkArgIsTalkPage then
talkText = string.format(
'%s [[%s|%s]].',
talkText,
talk,
talkTitle.prefixedText
)
else
talkText = string.format(
'%s the [[%s' .. (talk == '#' and '' or '#') .. '%s|talk page]].',
talkText,
talkTitle.prefixedText,
talk
)
end
end
self.talk = talkText
end
end

-- Get other values.
self.fix = args.fix ~= '' and args.fix or nil
local date
if args.date and args.date ~= '' then
date = args.date
elseif args.date == '' and self.isTemplatePage then
date = lang:formatDate('F Y')
end
if date then
self.date = string.format(" <span class='date-container'><i>(<span class='date'>%s</span>)</i></span>", date)
end
self.info = args.info
if yesno(args.removalnotice) then
self.removalNotice = cfg.removalNotice
end
end

-- Set the non-collapsible text field. At the moment this is used by all box
-- types other than ambox, and also by ambox when small=yes.
if self.isSmall then
self.text = args.smalltext or args.text
else
self.text = args.text
end

-- Set the below row.
self.below = cfg.below and args.below

-- General image settings.
self.imageCellDiv = not self.isSmall and cfg.imageCellDiv
self.imageEmptyCell = cfg.imageEmptyCell

-- Left image settings.
local imageLeft = self.isSmall and args.smallimage or args.image
if cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'blank' and imageLeft ~= 'none'
or not cfg.imageCheckBlank and imageLeft ~= 'none'
then
self.imageLeft = imageLeft
if not imageLeft then
local imageSize = self.isSmall
and (cfg.imageSmallSize or '30x30px')
or '40x40px'
self.imageLeft = string.format('[[File:%s|%s%s|alt=]]', self.typeImage
or 'Information icon4.svg', imageSize, self.typeImageNeedsLink and "" or "|link=" )
end
end

-- Right image settings.
local imageRight = self.isSmall and args.smallimageright or args.imageright
if not (cfg.imageRightNone and imageRight == 'none') then
self.imageRight = imageRight
end

-- set templatestyles
self.base_templatestyles = cfg.templatestyles
self.templatestyles = args.templatestyles
end

function MessageBox:setMainspaceCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

if not cfg.allowMainspaceCategories then
return nil
end

local nums = {}
for _, prefix in ipairs{'cat', 'category', 'all'} do
args[prefix .. '1'] = args[prefix]
nums = union(nums, getArgNums(args, prefix))
end

-- The following is roughly equivalent to the old {{Ambox/category}}.
local date = args.date
date = type(date) == 'string' and date
local preposition = 'from'
for _, num in ipairs(nums) do
local mainCat = args['cat' .. tostring(num)]
or args['category' .. tostring(num)]
local allCat = args['all' .. tostring(num)]
mainCat = type(mainCat) == 'string' and mainCat
allCat = type(allCat) == 'string' and allCat
if mainCat and date and date ~= '' then
local catTitle = string.format('%s %s %s', mainCat, preposition, date)
self:addCat(0, catTitle)
catTitle = getTitleObject('Category:' .. catTitle)
if not catTitle or not catTitle.exists then
self:addCat(0, 'Articles with invalid date parameter in template')
end
elseif mainCat and (not date or date == '') then
self:addCat(0, mainCat)
end
if allCat then
self:addCat(0, allCat)
end
end
end

function MessageBox:setTemplateCategories()
local args = self.args
local cfg = self.cfg

-- Add template categories.
if cfg.templateCategory then
if cfg.templateCategoryRequireName then
if self.isTemplatePage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
elseif not self.title.isSubpage then
self:addCat(10, cfg.templateCategory)
end
end

-- Add template error categories.
if cfg.templateErrorCategory then
local templateErrorCategory = cfg.templateErrorCategory
local templateCat, templateSort
if not self.name and not self.title.isSubpage then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
elseif self.isTemplatePage then
local paramsToCheck = cfg.templateErrorParamsToCheck or {}
local count = 0
for i, param in ipairs(paramsToCheck) do
if not args[param] then
count = count + 1
end
end
if count > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = tostring(count)
end
if self.categoryNums and #self.categoryNums > 0 then
templateCat = templateErrorCategory
templateSort = 'C'
end
end
self:addCat(10, templateCat, templateSort)
end
end

function MessageBox:setAllNamespaceCategories()
-- Set categories for all namespaces.
if self.invalidTypeError then
local allSort = (self.title.namespace == 0 and 'Main:' or '') .. self.title.prefixedText
self:addCat('all', 'Wikipedia message box parameter needs fixing', allSort)
end
if self.isSubstituted then
self:addCat('all', 'Pages with incorrectly substituted templates')
end
end

function MessageBox:setCategories()
if self.title.namespace == 0 then
self:setMainspaceCategories()
elseif self.title.namespace == 10 then
self:setTemplateCategories()
end
self:setAllNamespaceCategories()
end

function MessageBox:renderCategories()
if not self.hasCategories then
-- No categories added, no need to pass them to Category handler so,
-- if it was invoked, it would return the empty string.
-- So we shortcut and return the empty string.
return ""
end
-- Convert category tables to strings and pass them through
-- [[Module:Category handler]].
return require('Module:Category handler')._main{
main = table.concat(self.categories[0] or {}),
template = table.concat(self.categories[10] or {}),
all = table.concat(self.categories.all or {}),
nocat = self.args.nocat,
page = self.args.page
}
end

function MessageBox:export()
local root = mw.html.create()

-- Add the subst check error.
if self.isSubstituted and self.name then
root:tag('b')
:addClass('error')
:wikitext(string.format(
'Template <code>%s[[Template:%s|%s]]%s</code> has been incorrectly substituted.',
mw.text.nowiki('{{'), self.name, self.name, mw.text.nowiki('}}')
))
end

local frame = mw.getCurrentFrame()
root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles',
args = { src = self.base_templatestyles },
})
-- Add support for a single custom templatestyles sheet. Undocumented as
-- need should be limited and many templates using mbox are substed; we
-- don't want to spread templatestyles sheets around to arbitrary places
if self.templatestyles then
root:wikitext(frame:extensionTag{
name = 'templatestyles',
args = { src = self.templatestyles },
})
end

-- Create the box table.
local boxTable = root:tag('table')
boxTable:attr('id', self.id or nil)
for i, class in ipairs(self.classes or {}) do
boxTable:addClass(class or nil)
end
boxTable
:cssText(self.style or nil)
:attr('role', 'presentation')

if self.attrs then
boxTable:attr(self.attrs)
end

-- Add the left-hand image.
local row = boxTable:tag('tr')
if self.imageLeft then
local imageLeftCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-image')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageLeftCell so that the image
-- is inside it. Divs use style="width: 52px;", which limits the
-- image width to 52px. If any images in a div are wider than that,
-- they may overlap with the text or cause other display problems.
imageLeftCell = imageLeftCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
end
imageLeftCell
:addClass(self.imageLeftClass)
:wikitext(self.imageLeft or nil)
elseif self.imageEmptyCell then
-- Some message boxes define an empty cell if no image is specified, and
-- some don't. The old template code in templates where empty cells are
-- specified gives the following hint: "No image. Cell with some width
-- or padding necessary for text cell to have 100% width."
row:tag('td')
:addClass('mbox-empty-cell')
end

-- Add the text.
local textCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-text')
if self.useCollapsibleTextFields then
-- The message box uses advanced text parameters that allow things to be
-- collapsible. At the moment, only ambox uses this.
textCell:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
local textCellDiv = textCell:tag('div')
textCellDiv
:addClass('mbox-text-span')
:wikitext(self.issue or nil)
if (self.talk or self.fix) then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.talk and (' ' .. self.talk) or nil)
:wikitext(self.fix and (' ' .. self.fix) or nil)
end
textCellDiv:wikitext(self.date and (' ' .. self.date) or nil)
if self.info and not self.isSmall then
textCellDiv
:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:wikitext(self.info and (' ' .. self.info) or nil)
end
if self.removalNotice then
textCellDiv:tag('span')
:addClass('hide-when-compact')
:tag('i')
:wikitext(string.format(" (%s)", self.removalNotice))
end
else
-- Default text formatting - anything goes.
textCell
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.text or nil)
end

-- Add the right-hand image.
if self.imageRight then
local imageRightCell = row:tag('td'):addClass('mbox-imageright')
if self.imageCellDiv then
-- If we are using a div, redefine imageRightCell so that the image
-- is inside it.
imageRightCell = imageRightCell:tag('div'):addClass('mbox-image-div')
end
imageRightCell
:addClass(self.imageRightClass)
:wikitext(self.imageRight or nil)
end

-- Add the below row.
if self.below then
boxTable:tag('tr')
:tag('td')
:attr('colspan', self.imageRight and '3' or '2')
:addClass('mbox-text')
:cssText(self.textstyle or nil)
:wikitext(self.below or nil)
end

-- Add error message for invalid type parameters.
if self.invalidTypeError then
root:tag('div')
:addClass('mbox-invalid-type')
:wikitext(string.format(
'This message box is using an invalid "type=%s" parameter and needs fixing.',
self.type or ''
))
end

-- Add categories.
root:wikitext(self:renderCategories() or nil)

return tostring(root)
end

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-- Exports
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

local p, mt = {}, {}

function p._exportClasses()
-- For testing.
return {
MessageBox = MessageBox
}
end

function p.main(boxType, args, cfgTables)
local box = MessageBox.new(boxType, args, cfgTables or mw.loadData(CONFIG_MODULE))
box:setParameters()
box:setCategories()
return box:export()
end

function mt.__index(t, k)
return function (frame)
if not getArgs then
getArgs = require('Module:Arguments').getArgs
end
return t.main(k, getArgs(frame, {trim = false, removeBlanks = false}))
end
end

return setmetatable(p, mt)

Plantilla:Mbox

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{#invoke:Message box|mbox}}<noinclude>
{{documentation}}

</noinclude>

Módulo:Citation/CS1/Suggestions

2025-07-09T14:14:58Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

-- Please insert new suggestions in alphabetical order
-- The form is ['incorrect'] = 'correct',

suggestions = {
['ASIN-TLD'] = 'asin-tld', -- old parameter name
['abruf'] = 'access-date', -- German
['abruf-verborgen'] = 'access-date', -- German
['accessmonth'] = 'access-date',
['accesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['accessyear'] = 'access-date',
['acessodata'] = 'access-date', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['ad'] = 'first', -- Turkish
['address'] = 'location',
['anno'] = 'date', -- Italian
['annoaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['annodiaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['annooriginale'] = 'orig-date', -- Italian
['année'] = 'date', -- French
['apellido'] = 'last', -- Spanish
['apellidos'] = 'last', -- Spanish
['archiv-datum'] = 'archive-date', -- German
['archiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- German
['archive date'] = 'archive-date', -- misspelling
['archive url'] = 'archive-url', -- misspelling
['archive-link'] = 'archive-url', -- old parameter name
['archiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- German
['arkivdatum'] = 'archive-date', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['arkivurl'] = 'archive-url', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['artist'] = 'others',
['arşiv-tarihi'] = 'archive-date', -- Turkish
['arşiv-url'] = 'archive-url', -- Turkish
['arşivtarihi'] = 'archive-date', -- Turkish
['arşivurl'] = 'archive-url', -- Turkish
['auflage'] = 'edition', -- German
['auteur'] = 'author', -- French
['auther'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['author link'] = 'author-link', -- Polish
['authorfirst'] = 'author-first', -- old parameter name
['authorgiven'] = 'author-given', -- old parameter name
['authorlast'] = 'author-last', -- old parameter name
['authormask'] = 'author-mask', -- old parameter name
['authorsurname'] = 'author-surname', -- old parameter name
['autor'] = 'author', -- Spanish, German (singular and plural)
['autore'] = 'author', -- Italian
['autthor'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['ay'] = 'month', -- Turkish
['año'] = 'date', -- Spanish
['año-original'] = 'orig-date', -- Spanish
['añoacceso'] = 'access-date', -- Spanish
['añooriginal'] = 'orig-date', -- Spanish
['band'] = 'volume', -- German
['bandreihe'] = 'volume', -- German
['baskı'] = 'edition', -- Turkish
['başlık'] = 'title', -- Turkish
['began'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only); or orig-date=
['booktitle'] = 'book-title', -- old parameter name
['ch'] = 'language', -- German (as 'language=de-CH')
['chapter_title'] = 'chapter',
['chapterurl'] = 'chapter-url', -- old parameter name
['cid'] = 'ref', -- Italian
['cilt'] = 'volume', -- Turkish
['cita'] = 'quote', -- Spanish
['citazione'] = 'quote', -- Italian
['città'] = 'location', -- Italian
['city'] = 'location', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['coauthor'] = 'author',
['coauthors'] = 'author',
['coautores'] = 'author', -- Spanish
['coautori'] = 'author', -- Italian
['cognome'] = 'last', -- Italian
['conferenceurl'] = 'conference-url', -- old parameter name
['consulté le'] = 'access-date', -- French
['contributionurl'] = 'contribution-url', -- old parameter name
['curatore'] = 'publisher', -- Italian
['czasopismo'] = 'journal', -- Polish
['data dostępu'] = 'access-date', -- Polish
['data'] = 'date', -- Polish, Italian
['dataaccesso'] = 'access-date', -- Italian
['dataarchivio'] = 'archive-date', -- Italian
['datum'] = 'date', -- German, Swedish
['dead-url'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['deadlink'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['deadurl'] = 'url-status', -- old parameter name
['dergi'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['dil'] = 'language', -- Turkish
['displayauthors'] = 'display-authors', -- old parameter name
['displayeditors'] = 'display-editors', -- old parameter name
['distributor'] = 'publisher',
['dnb'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{DNB-IDN|...}}')
['doi-broken'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi-inactive'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['doi-inactive-date'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi_brokendate'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- old parameter alias
['doi_inactivedate'] = 'doi-inactive-date', -- old parameter alias
['doibroken'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['doiinactive'] = 'doi-broken-date', -- invalid name found in mainspace
['e-print'] = 'eprint', -- misspelling
-- ['ed'] = 'edition', -- avoid suggestion as in English this could be short for editor or edition
-- ['editora'] = 'publisher', -- can be either editor or publisher
-- ['editore'] = 'agency', -- can be either publisher or agency
-- ['editori'] = 'editor', -- can be either editor or publisher
-- ['editorial'] = 'publisher', -- can be either publisher or work
['editoin'] = 'edition', -- misspelling
['editon'] = 'edition', -- misspelling
['editorfirst'] = 'editor-first', -- old parameter name
['editorgiven'] = 'editor-given', -- old parameter name
['editorlast'] = 'editor-last', -- old parameter name
['editorlink'] = 'editor-link', -- old parameter name
['editormask'] = 'editor-mask', -- old parameter name
['editors'] = 'editor', -- old parameter name (can be emulated using multiple singular |editor= params)
['editorsurname'] = 'editor-surname', -- old parameter name
['edizione'] = 'edition', -- Italian
['embargo'] = 'pmc-embargo-date', -- old parameter name
['ended'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['en ligne le'] = 'archive-date', -- French
['encyclopædia'] = 'encyclopedia',
['enlaceautor'] = 'author-link', -- Spanish
['enlaceroto'] = 'url-status', -- Spanish
['episodelink'] = 'episode-link', -- old parameter name
['erişimtarihi'] = 'access-date', -- Turkish
['eser'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['family'] = 'surname', -- misguess
['fecha'] = 'date', -- Spanish
['fechaacceso'] = 'access-date', -- Spanish
['fechaarchivo'] = 'archive-date', -- Spanish
['filetype'] = 'format',
['foramt'] = 'format', -- misspelling
['fore-name'] = 'given', -- misguess/misspelling
['forename'] = 'given', -- misguess
['författare'] = 'author', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['formato'] = 'format', -- Spanish, Italian, Polish
['frist'] = 'first', -- misspelling
['fundstelle'] = 'at', -- German
['gazete'] = 'work', -- Turkish
['giornale'] = 'journal', -- Italian
['hämtdatum'] = 'access-date', -- Swedish
['herausgeber'] = 'editor', -- German (singular and plural)
['hrsg'] = 'publisher', -- German
['hrsgreihe'] = 'editor', -- German
['idioma'] = 'language', -- Spanish
['ignore-isbn-error'] = 'isbn', -- old parameter (can be fully emulated using ((syntax)))
['ignoreisbnerror'] = 'isbn', -- old parameter alias (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['imię'] = 'first', -- Polish
['in-set'] = 'inset', -- misspelling
['interviewerlink'] = 'interviewer-link', -- old parameter alias
['interviewermask'] = 'interviewer-mask', -- old parameter alias
['isbndefekt'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isbnformalfalsch'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isbnistformalfalsch'] = 'isbn', -- German (suggest |isbn as |ignore-isbn-error is deprecated), not a direct replacement, but can be fully emulated using ((syntax))
['isnb'] = 'isbn', -- misspelling
['issnformalfalsch'] = 'issn', -- German (can be fully emulated using ((syntax)))
['jahr'] = 'date', -- German
['jahrea'] = 'orig-date', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['kapitel'] = 'chapter', -- German
['langauge'] = 'language', -- misspelling
['langue'] = 'language', -- French
['last-author-amp'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['lastauthoramp'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['lieu'] = 'location', -- French
['lingua'] = 'language', -- Italian
['lire en ligne'] = 'url', -- French
['lizenznummer'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id=License No. ...')

['loaction'] = 'location', -- misspelling
['local'] = 'location', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['locatoin'] = 'location', -- misspelling
['lugar'] = 'location', -- Spanish
['mailinglist'] = 'mailing-list', -- old parameter name
['mapurl'] = 'map-url', -- old parameter name
['mes'] = 'date', -- Spanish (not a direct replacement)
['mese'] = 'date', -- Italian (not a direct replacement)
['miejsce'] = 'location', -- Polish
['miesiąc'] = 'date', -- Polish
['mois'] = 'date', -- French
['monat'] = 'date', -- German
-- ['name'] = 'author', -- 'name' is often erroneously used for 'title' and 'work' as well, so no suggestion is better than a wrong suggestion
['name-list-format'] = 'name-list-style', -- old parameter name (as |name-list-style=amp)
['nazwisko'] = 'last', -- Polish
['nespaper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['net-work'] = 'network', -- misspelling
['newpaper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['news'] = 'newspaper',
['news-group'] = 'newsgroup', -- misspelling
['news-paper'] = 'newspaper', -- misspelling
['no-cat'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['nocat'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['nom'] = 'last', -- French
['nombre'] = 'first', -- Spanish
['nome'] = 'first', -- Italian
['nopp'] = 'no-pp', -- old parameter name
['notracking'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter
['numero'] = 'number', -- Italian, Spanish
['nummer'] = 'number', -- German
['nummerreihe'] = 'number', -- German
['obra'] = 'work', -- Spanish
['odpowiedzialność'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['offline'] = 'url-status', -- German (as 'url-status=dead')
['online'] = 'url', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['opera'] = 'work', -- Italian
['opublikowany'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['origdate'] = 'orig-date', -- misspelling
['originaljahr'] = 'orig-date', -- German
['originalort'] = 'publication-place', -- German
['originalsprache'] = 'language', -- German
['originaltitel'] = 'title', -- German (if 'originaltitel' is specified, any possible contents of 'title' should be put in 'trans-title')
['ort'] = 'publication-place', -- German
['ortea'] = 'publication-place', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['other'] = 'others',
['oznaczenie'] = 'agency', -- Polish
['pagees'] = 'pages', -- misspelling
['pagina'] = 'page', -- Italian
['pagina'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['pagine'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['pagine'] = 'pages', -- Italian
['passage'] = 'pages', -- French
['periodico'] = 'magazine', -- Spanish
['plublisher'] = 'publisher', -- misspelling
['pmcid'] = 'pmc',
['post-script'] = 'postscript', -- misspelling
['praca'] = 'work', -- Polish
['primero'] = 'first', -- Spanish
['prénom'] = 'first', -- French
['prénom1'] = 'first1', -- French
['ps'] = 'postscript',
['pub'] = 'publisher',
-- ['pubblicazione'] = 'magazine', -- could be any kind of work
-- ['publicación'] = 'journal', -- could be any kind of work
['publicationdate'] = 'publication-date', -- old parameter name
-- ['published'] = 'publisher', -- could be date, location, or name of publisher
['publicationplace'] = 'publication-place', -- old parameter name
['pulbication-place'] = 'publication-place', -- misspelling
['página'] = 'page', -- Spanish
['páginas'] = 'pages', -- Spanish
['périodique'] = 'publisher', -- French
['registration'] = 'url-access', -- old parameter name
['reihe'] = 'series', -- German
['retrieved'] = 'access-date', -- old parameter name
['richiestasottoscrizione'] = 'url-access', -- Italian (as |url-access=subscription)
['rivista'] = 'magazine', -- Italian
['rok'] = 'date', -- Polish
['rubrik'] = 'title', -- Swedish
['sammelwerk'] = 'work', -- German
['sayfa'] = 'page', -- Turkish
['sayfalar'] = 'pages', -- Turkish
['sayı'] = 'issue', -- Turkish
['script-post'] = 'postscript', -- misspelling
['script-trans'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['season'] = 'date', -- old parameter name (cite serial only)
['sectionurl'] = 'section-url', -- old parameter name
['seiten'] = 'pages', -- German
['seria'] = 'series', -- Spanish, Polish
['serie'] = 'series', -- Italian
['série'] = 'series', -- French
['serieslink'] = 'series-link', -- old parameter name
['seriesno'] = 'series-number', -- old parameter name
['service'] = 'agency',
['sitioweb'] = 'website', -- Spanish
['sito'] = 'website', -- Italian
['soyadı'] = 'last', -- Turkish
['spalten'] = 'at', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['sprache'] = 'language', -- German
['språk'] = 'language', -- Swedish, Norwegian
['stron'] = 'page', -- Polish
['strony'] = 'pages', -- Polish
['subjectlink'] = 'subject-link', -- old parameter name
['subscription'] = 'url-access', -- old parameter name (emulated as |url-access=subscription)
['sur-name'] = 'surname', -- misspelling
['suscripción'] = 'url-access', -- Spanish, Polish (as |url-access=subscription)
['tag'] = 'date', -- German
['tarih'] = 'date', -- Turkish
['template doc demo'] = 'no-tracking', -- old parameter alias
['tidning'] = 'work', -- Swedish
['tile'] = 'title', -- misspelling
['timecaption'] = 'time-caption', -- old parameter name
['titlelink'] = 'title-link', -- old parameter name
['tipo'] = 'type', -- Italian
['tite'] = 'title', -- misspelling
['titel'] = 'title', -- German
['titel-p'] = 'title', -- German ('postscript=none' should be added as well)
['titelerg'] = 'contribution', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['titled'] = 'title', -- Brazilian Portuguese
['titolo'] = 'title', -- Italian
['titre'] = 'title', -- French
['trans-script'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['trans_chapter'] = 'trans-chapter', -- old parameter alias
['trans_title'] = 'trans-title', -- old parameter alias
['transchapter'] = 'trans-chapter',
['transcripturl'] = 'transcript-url', -- old parameter name
['transscript'] = 'transcript', -- misspelling
['transscript-format'] = 'transcript-format', -- misspelling
['transscript-url'] = 'transcript-url', -- misspelling
['transscripturl'] = 'transcript-url', -- misspelling
['transtitle'] = 'trans-title',
['typ'] = 'author-mask', -- German (not a direct replacement, but the only valid argument 'typ=wl' can be emulated using 'author-mask')
['tytuł'] = 'title', -- Polish
['títle'] = 'title',
['título'] = 'title', -- Spanish
['ubicación'] = 'location', -- Spanish
['urlarchivio'] = 'archive-url', -- Italian
['urlarchivo'] = 'archive-url', -- Spanish
['urlmorto'] = 'url-status', -- Italian
['urn'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{URN|...}}')
['v-authors'] = 'vauthors', -- misspelling
['v-editors'] = 'veditors', -- misspelling
['verlag'] = 'publisher', -- German
['verlagea'] = 'publisher', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['vol'] = 'volume',
['volumen'] = 'volume', -- Spanish
['werk'] = 'work', -- German
['werkerg'] = 'contribution', -- German (not a direct replacement, but can be emulated)
['wkautore'] = 'author-link', -- Italian
['wolumin'] = 'volume', -- Polish
['wydanie'] = 'number', -- Polish
['wydawca'] = 'publisher', -- French
['yardımcıyazarlar'] = 'author', -- Turkish
['yayımcı'] = 'publisher', -- Turkish
['yayıncı'] = 'publisher', -- Turkish
['yazar'] = 'author', -- Turkish
['yazarbağı'] = 'author-link', -- Turkish
['yer'] = 'location', -- Turkish
['yıl'] = 'date', -- Turkish
['zaprezentowany'] = 'publisher', -- French
['zdb'] = 'id', -- German (as 'id={{ZDB|...}}')
['zitat'] = 'quote', -- German
['zugriff'] = 'access-date', -- German
['éditeur'] = 'editor', -- French
['ölüurl'] = 'url-status', -- Turkish
['übersetzer'] = 'translator', -- German (singular and plural)
}

--[[--------------------------< P A T T E R N S >--------------------------------------------------------------

Here we use Lua patterns to make suggestions. The form is

['pattern'] = 'correct',

Lua patterns are not REGEX though they are similar. The escape character is '%', not '\'.
For more information about Lua patterns, see: Extension:Scribunto/Lua_reference_manual#Patterns

Patterns should probably always include the '^' and '$' anchor assertions to prevent a partial
match from incorrectly suggesting the wrong parameter name. For instance, the pattern 'a[utho]+r'
matches 'author' in the no-longer-supported parameter |author-separator= so the code suggests
'|author='; the same pattern also matches the no-longer-supported parameter |separator= (returning 'ator')
so again, the code suggests '|author='.

One capture is supported, typically the enumerator from an enumerated parameter (the '6' in |author6=, etc.)
The value from the capture replaces $1 in the 'correct' value.

]]

local patterns = {
['^ac+es+ ?d?a?t?e?$'] = 'access-date', -- misspelling
['^apellido[s]?(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^a[utho]+r$'] = 'author', -- misspelling
['^a[utho]+r(%d+)$'] = 'author$1', -- misspelling, enumerated
['^author link(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Polish, enumerated
['^autor[e]?(%d+)$'] = 'author$1', -- Italian/Spanish/German, enumerated
['^authorfirst(%d+)$'] = 'author-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)first$'] = 'author-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorgiven(%d+)$'] = 'author-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)given$'] = 'author-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorlast(%d+)$'] = 'author-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)last$'] = 'author-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authormask(%d+)$'] = 'author-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)mask$'] = 'author-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^authorsurname(%d+)$'] = 'author-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^author(%d+)surname$'] = 'author-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^cognome(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Italian, enumerated
['^editorfirst(%d+)$'] = 'editor-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)first$'] = 'editor-first$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorgiven(%d+)$'] = 'editor-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)given$'] = 'editor-given$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorlast(%d+)$'] = 'editor-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)last$'] = 'editor-last$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorlink(%d+)$'] = 'editor-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)link$'] = 'editor-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editormask(%d+)$'] = 'editor-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)mask$'] = 'editor-mask$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editorsurname(%d+)$'] = 'editor-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^editor(%d+)surname$'] = 'editor-surname$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^enlaceautore(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^first (%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- enumerated
['^last (%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- enumerated
['^nom[e]?(%d+)$'] = 'last$1', -- Italian/French, enumerated
['^nombre(%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^primero(%d+)$'] = 'first$1', -- Spanish, enumerated
['^pu[blish]+ers?$'] = 'publisher', -- misspelling
['^subjectlink(%d+)$'] = 'subject-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^subject(%d+)link$'] = 'subject-link$1', -- old parameter name, enumerated
['^wkautore(%d+)$'] = 'author-link$1', -- Italian, enumerated
}

return {suggestions = suggestions, patterns=patterns};

Bañar y envolver al Profeta en fuentes suníes

2025-07-09T14:02:10Z

Nazarzadeh:

{{text start}}
{{question}}
Los sunníes afirman que Abu Bakr tuvo la responsabilidad de la preparación y el entierro del Profeta Muhammad (P) , y que el Imam Ali (P) debido a la intensidad de su dolor estaba aturdido en ese momento. ¿Es correcta esta narración?{{question end}}
{{answer}}
Las fuentes confiables de los [[sunníes]], afirman que el [[Imam Ali (P)]] fue el encargado del [[baño ritual del difunto|baño]], [[envolver en sudario|envolver en sudario]], el entierro y la primera [[oración fúnebre|oración fúnebre]] por el cadáver del [[Profeta del Islam (P)]]. Otras personas como [[Abbas ibn Abd al-Muttalib]], el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Qutham y Fadl, ayudaron al Imam Ali (P) . Los eruditos e historiadores [[sunníes]] como Ibn Hisham en su obra As-Sīrah an-Nabawīyah, Ibn Sa'd en At-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā, Ibn Kathīr en Al-Bidāyah wa an-Nihāyah, mencionan que el entierro y el sudario del Profeta fueron responsabilidad del Imam Ali (P) y también citan los nombres de quienes lo asistieron en estos actos. En las fuentes no se menciona el nombre de [[Abu Bakr]] como la persona que lavó al Profeta.

Suyuti en Al-Jāmi' al-Aḥādīth relata una narración según la cual, el Profeta Muhammad (P) , antes de su fallecimiento, había legado que el Imam Ali (P) debía lavar su cadáver.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Jāmi' al-Aḥādīth|year=sin fecha|first=Jalāl ad-Dīn|last=As-Suyūṭī|editor=D. Ḥasan 'Abbās Zaki|volume=31|page=135|lengua=|lugar=sin lugar|edición=}}</ref>

== El baño completo del Profeta (P) en las fuentes de los Ahl al-Sunnah ==
Ibn Sa'd, conocido como el escritor de Waqidi, un historiador y escritor de la biografía del Profeta (P) de los siglos II y III H, narra una historia de K’ab al-Aḥbār en su libro Al-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā. K’ab al-Aḥbār preguntó al califa Umar qué dijo el Profeta (P) en su lecho de muerte. Umar señaló a Ali (P) y le dijo: "Pregunta a él". Ali (P) respondió: "El Profeta (P), mientras su cabeza descansaba sobre mi hombro, repetía: 'As-Salāh, As-Salāh' (Oración, oración) ..." K’ab le preguntó: "¿Quién lavó el cuerpo del Profeta (P) ?" Umar dijo: "Pregunta a Ali", y Ali (P) respondió: "Yo lavé al Profeta, mientras Abbas estaba sentado y Osama ibn Zayd, uno de los compañeros del Profeta (P) , y Shu'ayrān Ṣāliḥ, el esclavo del Profeta, vertían el agua".<ref>Ibn Sa'd, Muhammad, Al-Ṭabaqāt al-Kubrā, Beirut, Dār al-Kutub al-‘Ilmīyah, 1410 H, Vol. 2, p. 202.</ref>

[[Ibn Hisham]], historiador del siglo III Hijri y compilador del libro más famoso sobre la biografía del Profeta Muhammad (P), informa que los que realizaron el baño ritual del Profeta fueron Ali ibn Abi Talib, [[Abbas ibn Abdul Muttalib]], Fadl ibn Abbas, Qutham ibn Abbas, Usama ibn Zayd, Shukran Salih y Aws ibn Khawli, quien era uno de los [[Ansar]]. Él describe el baño del Profeta de la siguiente manera: Ali (P) colocó el cuerpo del Profeta sobre su pecho, y Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Fadl y Qutham lo ayudaron a mover el cuerpo, girándolo de un lado a otro. Usama y Shukran vertían el agua, y Ali ibn Abi Talib (P) bañaba al Profeta debajo de su camisa.<ref>Ibn Hisham, Abdul Malik, Al-Sirah al-Nabawiyyah, Beirut, Dar al-Ma'rifah, s.f., Vol. 2, pp. 622–623.</ref> En una narración que [[Suyuti]] cita, Fadl había levantado el cuerpo del Profeta para que Imam Ali (P) pudiera bañarlo.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Jami' al-Ahadith|year=s.f.|first=Jalal al-Din|last=Suyuti|editor=Hassan Abbas Zaki|volume=31|page=135|lugar=s.f.|edición=}}</ref> También en algunas narraciones se menciona la presencia de Jibril junto a los que realizaban el baño del Profeta.<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu'jam al-Kabir|year=1415|first=Abo al-Qasim|last=Al-Tabarani|editor=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|lugar=El Cairo|enlace=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>

== El entierro del Profeta (P) en las fuentes de los suníes ==
Ibn Hisham menciona a personajes como [[Ali ibn Abi Talib (P)]], Fadl y Qutham, los hijos de Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y Shukran como los encargados del entierro del Profeta, quienes entraron en la [[Tumba del Profeta (P)|tumba del Profeta (P)]].<ref>Ibn Hisham, Abdul Malik, Al-Sirah al-Nabawiyyah, Beirut, Dar al-Ma'rifah, s.f., Vol. 2, p. 664.</ref>

Ibn Athir al-Jazari en su obra ''Asad al-Ghabah'',<ref>Ibn Athir al-Jazari, Ali ibn Muhammad, Asad al-Ghabah fi Ma'rifat al-Sahabah, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1409 H., Vol. 2, p. 388.</ref> Ibn Kathir en ''Al-Bidayah wa al-Nihayah''<ref>Ibn Kathir, Ismail ibn Umar, Al-Bidayah wa al-Nihayah, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1407 H., Vol. 5, p. 269.</ref> y al-Bayhaqi en ''Dalail al-Nubuwwah'' mencionan este evento, señalando que nadie más que Ali (P) y sus compañeros participaron en el entierro del Profeta (P).<ref name=":0">Al-Bayhaqi, Ahmad ibn Hussain, Dalail al-Nubuwwah wa Ma'rifat Ahwal Sahib al-Shari'ah, Beirut, Dar al-Kutub al-Ilmiyyah, 1405 H., Vol. 7, p. 254.</ref>

Tāborī (fallecido en 310 H), el famoso historiador suní, en su libro Historia de las Naciones y los Reyes (''Tārīkh al-Umam wa al-Mulūk''), relata que hubo desacuerdo sobre el lugar del entierro del Profeta (P). Algunos propusieron el [[Cementerio de Al-Baqī‘|cementerio de Al-Baqī‘]], otros dijeron que debía ser junto a la mezquita, y algunos más sugirieron que se le enterrara en la casa del propio Profeta. Finalmente, se decidió enterrar el cuerpo en la misma habitación en la que el Profeta (P) había fallecido. La tumba fue preparada por [[Abu Ubaydah al-Jarrah]], un compañero del Profeta, y [[Abu Talha al-Ansari]], un miembro de los Ansar, y el entierro fue realizado por Ali (P) con la ayuda de Abbas, el tío del Profeta, y sus hijos Fadl y Qutham.<ref>Tābari, Muhammad ibn Jarir, Tārīkh al-Umam wa al-Mulūk, Beirut, al-‘Alami Foundation, s.f., Vol. 2, p. 452.</ref>

Según algunos informes de fuentes suníes, [[Abu Bakr]] transmitió una narración del Profeta según la cual los profetas deben ser enterrados en el lugar donde fallecen. Por lo tanto, Abu Talha, uno de los compañeros del Profeta, preparó la tumba en la habitación donde el Profeta (P) había fallecido.<ref name=":0" /> Sin embargo, Al-Ṭabarānī, en un relato, ha informado que Ali (P), con la ayuda de Ibn Abbas y Abu Bakr, fue quien enterró al Profeta (P).<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu‘jam al-Kabīr|year=1415|first=Abu al-Qasim|last=al-Ṭabarānī|editorial=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|enlace=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>

== La oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P) ==
Las fuentes suníes también mencionan que Ali ibn Abi Talib (P) fue el primero en rezar sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P), y luego, los [[compañeros del Profeta (P)]], en grupos, realizaron la oración sobre su cadáver. Ibn Kathir, historiador suní, relató que el Profeta (P) había legado que su cuerpo fuera lavado y envuelto en un sudario por los hombres de su familia, y luego, ellos debían rezar sobre su cadáver. Posteriormente, la gente rezaría por él, y después de los hombres, las mujeres rezarían sobre su cuerpo. <ref>Ibn Kathir, Ismail ibn Umar, Al-Bidaya wa al-Nihaya, Beirut, Dar al-Fikr, 1407 H, Vol. 5, p. 266.</ref>

Según los informes de las fuentes suníes, la oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P) se realizaba individualmente, y cada grupo de diez personas se acercaba al cadáver del Profeta y realizaba la oración.<ref>{{cite book|title=El Sol de la Profecía, traducción persa de Al-Rahīq al-Makhtūm|year=1381|first=Safī al-Rahmān|last=Mubārakfurī|editorial=Muḥaddithīn|page=732-735|editado por= Muhammad Ali Lāsānī Fashārkī}}</ref> Las fuentes suníes también mencionan que los ángeles, incluidos Jibril (Gabriel), realizaron la oración sobre el cuerpo del Profeta (P).<ref>{{cite book|title=Al-Mu‘jam al-Kabīr|year=1415|first=Abu al-Qasim|last=al-Ṭabarānī|editorial=Biblioteca Ibn Taymiyyah|volume=3|page=58|enlace=https://lib.efatwa.ir/42124/3/58/%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A_%D8%A8%D9%86_%D8%A3%D8%A8%D9%8A_%D8%B7%D8%A7%D9%84%D8%A8_%D9%85%D8%BA%D9%85%D9%89_%D8%B9%D9%84%D9%8A%D9%87}}</ref>
== Fuentes ==
{{footnotes|۲}}
{{tree
| main branch =کلام
| subbranch1 =امامت عامه
| subbranch2 =راه شناخت امام
| subbranch3 =
}}
{{تکمیل مقاله
| شناسه = شد
| تیترها = شد
| ویرایش =
| لینک‌دهی =شد
| ناوبری =
| نمایه = شد
| تغییر مسیر =شد
| ارجاعات =
| بازبینی نویسنده =
| ارزیابی کمی = شد
| تکمیل =
| اولویت =ج
| کیفیت =ب
}}
{{text end}}
[[fa: غسل‌دهنده و کفن‌کننده پیامبر اکرم در منابع اهل‌سنت]]
[[bn: আহলে সুন্নতের সূত্রগুলোতে মহানবী (স.)-এর গোসল ও কাফন সম্পন্নকারী]]
[[en: The Prophet's Washer and Shrouder in Sunni Sources]]
[[ps: د اهل سنتو په سرچینو کی پیغمبر اکرم (ص) ته غسل او کفن ورکوونکی]]
[[ms: Orang Yang Memandikan Dan Mengkafani Rasulullah Saw Menurut Sumber Ahlusunah]]
[[ar: الغاسل والمکفِّن للنبی الأکرم فی مصادر أهل السنة]]

Plantilla:تکمیل مقاله

2025-07-09T13:25:42Z

Nazarzadeh: Se creó una página vacía

La virtud de acompañar el funeral

2025-04-27T07:54:28Z

Nazarzadeh:

{{text start}}
{{question}}
¿El acompañar un funeral tiene algún beneficio tanto para el difunto como para los participantes en la ceremonia?
{{question end}}
Se ha recomendado participar en el acompañamiento de los [[Funerales debido]] a que los presentes recuerdan la [[muerte]] y la [[vida después de la muerte]].

Uno de los beneficios del acompañar un funeral es la recompensa que se otorga tanto a los participantes como al difunto. El [[Profeta del Islam (PB)]] recomendó la presencia en los funerales, ya que esto recuerda a las personas sobre la vida eterna. El [[Imam Sadiq (P)]] aconsejó a los dolientes informar a otros sobre la muerte del difunto para que puedan asistir al funeral, rezar por él, y así obtener recompensas para ellos mismos y también la absolución para el difunto.

== El recuerdo de la muerte y la vida después de la muerte ==
Algunos relatos mencionan que el beneficio de acompañar un funeral es recordar la muerte y la vida después de la muerte. El [[Profeta (PB)]] recomendó participar en los funerales, ya que esto hace que las personas recuerden el más allá. Según los relatos, el mismo Profeta, cuando participaba en un funeral, se sentía triste y hablaba poco, reflejando su tristeza.<ref>Sheij Abbas Qomi, Safinat al-Bihar, Nashr Oswah, vol 4, pág. 565.</ref>

{{جعبه نقل قول| عنوان = | quote= [[Imam Sadiq (P):]]:{{-}}'''"Cuando acompañes un funeral, imagina que Dios te ha devuelto a la vida nuevamente. Ahora observa cómo lo compensas."<ref>Hoseini Tehrani, Ma'adshenasi, vol 3, pág. 34.</ref>'''| source = | تراز = چپ| width = 230px| اندازه خط = 14px|رنگ پس‌زمینه =#FFF9E7| گیومه نقل‌قول =| تراز منبع = چپ}}

[[Imam Baqir (P)]] consideró que asistir a un funeral es más importante que asistir a un banquete, ya que el funeral recuerda a la persona la muerte y la vida después de la muerte.<ref>'Allameh Maylesi, Bihar al-Anwar, 1403 H, vol 78, pág. 284.</ref>

El Profeta del Islam (PB) le dio consejos a [[Abu Dharr al-Ghifari]] sobre el acompañamiento de funerales y le dijo que:
::cada vez que siguieras un cortejo fúnebre, tu mente debía estar enfocada con reflexión y humildad, sabiendo que algún día tú también te unirás a ellos.<ref>Tabresi, Makarim al-Akhlaq, 1412 H, pág. 465.</ref>

El [[Imam Ali (P)]], al escuchar que un hombre reía durante un funeral, dijo:
::"Parece que la muerte en este mundo ha sido destinada solo para los demás."<ref name=":1"/> Luego advirtió que esos cuerpos que son llevados al funeral no regresarán, y nosotros tampoco seremos eternos en este mundo.<ref name=":1">Sobhi Saleh, Nahj al-Balagha, Hikmat 122, pág. 490.</ref>

== El perdón de los pecados para los participantes en el funeral y el difunto ==
Uno de los beneficios de acompañar un funeral es la recompensa que reciben los participantes.<ref>Al-Anwar al-Nu'maniyah, pág. 220.</ref> Además, según relatos del [[Imam Baqir (P)]], se ha prometido cuatro intercesiones para los que acompañan el funeral<ref>Qomi, Sheij Abbas, Safinat al-Bihar wa Madinat al-Hikam, Nashr Oswah, vol 4, pág. 565.</ref>, y los ángeles prometen el Paraíso a los que participan en él.<ref name=":0">Kolayni, al-Kafi, 1407 H, vol 3, pág. 172.</ref>

En otro relato se menciona que, quien acompañe el cuerpo de un creyente hasta su entierro, Dios enviará setenta ángeles en el Día del Juicio para que lo acompañen y pidan perdón por él.<ref>Mohammad Baqer Maylesi, Zad al-Ma'ad, págs. 54-55.</ref>

El [[Imam Sadiq (P)]] aconsejó a los dolientes que informaran a otros sobre la muerte del difunto para que asistieran al funeral, rezaran por él, y así obtuvieran recompensas para sí mismos y también la absolución para el difunto.<ref>Tabresi, Makarim al-Akhlaq, 1412 H, pág. 360.</ref>

El Imam Baqir (P) en un relato dijo que el perdón es el regalo de aquellos que acompañan al difunto en su funeral.<ref name=":0">Kolayni, al-Kafi, 1407 H, vol 3, pág. 172.</ref>

En el funeral, se ha puesto el valor humano como principio. En las fuentes se ha transmitido que un cuerpo era llevado mientras el [[Profeta (P)]] y sus compañeros estaban sentados. El Profeta (P) y sus seguidores se levantaron para acompañar el cuerpo. Se les dijo que esa persona era judía, y se les preguntó por qué el Profeta (P) mostró respeto hacia el cuerpo. El Profeta (P) respondió:
::"¿Acaso no era un ser humano?"<ref>Bihar al-Anwar, vol 18, pág. 254.</ref>

== Fuentes ==
{{footnotes|۲}}
{{tree
| main branch = کلام
| subbranch1 = معاد
|subbranch2 =احکام جنازه
|subbranch3 =
}}
{{تکمیل مقاله
| شناسه =شد
| تیترها =شد
| ویرایش =شد
| لینک‌دهی =شد
| ناوبری =
| نمایه =
| تغییر مسیر =
| ارجاعات =
| بازبینی =شد
| تکمیل =
| اولویت =ب
| کیفیت =ب
}}
{{text end}}
[[fa:فضیلت تشییع جنازه]]
[[ps:د جنازې د مراسمو فضیلت]]
[[bn:মৃত ব্যক্তি দাফন অনুষ্ঠানে শরীক হওয়ার ফযিলত]]
[[ms:Keutamaan Menghadiri Proses Pemakaman]]
[[ur:جنازے میں شرکت کی فضیلت]]

La virtud de acompañar el funeral

2025-04-27T07:53:15Z

Nazarzadeh: /* El recuerdo de la muerte y la vida después de la muerte */

{{text start}}
{{question}}
¿El acompañar un funeral tiene algún beneficio tanto para el difunto como para los participantes en la ceremonia?
{{question end}}
Se ha recomendado participar en el acompañamiento de los [[Funerales debido]] a que los presentes recuerdan la [[muerte]] y la [[vida después de la muerte]].

Uno de los beneficios del acompañar un funeral es la recompensa que se otorga tanto a los participantes como al difunto. El [[Profeta del Islam (PB)]] recomendó la presencia en los funerales, ya que esto recuerda a las personas sobre la vida eterna. El [[Imam Sadiq (P)]] aconsejó a los dolientes informar a otros sobre la muerte del difunto para que puedan asistir al funeral, rezar por él, y así obtener recompensas para ellos mismos y también la absolución para el difunto.

== El recuerdo de la muerte y la vida después de la muerte ==
Algunos relatos mencionan que el beneficio de acompañar un funeral es recordar la muerte y la vida después de la muerte. El [[Profeta (PB)]] recomendó participar en los funerales, ya que esto hace que las personas recuerden el más allá. Según los relatos, el mismo Profeta, cuando participaba en un funeral, se sentía triste y hablaba poco, reflejando su tristeza.<ref>Sheij Abbas Qomi, Safinat al-Bihar, Nashr Oswah, vol 4, pág. 565.</ref>

{{جعبه نقل قول| عنوان = | quote= [[Imam Sadiq (P):]]:{{-}}'''"Cuando acompañes un funeral, imagina que Dios te ha devuelto a la vida nuevamente. Ahora observa cómo lo compensas."<ref>Hoseini Tehrani, Ma'adshenasi, vol 3, pág. 34.</ref>'''| source = | تراز = چپ| عرض = ۲۳۰px| اندازه خط = 14px|رنگ پس‌زمینه =#FFF9E7| گیومه نقل‌قول =| تراز منبع = چپ}}

[[Imam Baqir (P)]] consideró que asistir a un funeral es más importante que asistir a un banquete, ya que el funeral recuerda a la persona la muerte y la vida después de la muerte.<ref>'Allameh Maylesi, Bihar al-Anwar, 1403 H, vol 78, pág. 284.</ref>

El Profeta del Islam (PB) le dio consejos a [[Abu Dharr al-Ghifari]] sobre el acompañamiento de funerales y le dijo que:
::cada vez que siguieras un cortejo fúnebre, tu mente debía estar enfocada con reflexión y humildad, sabiendo que algún día tú también te unirás a ellos.<ref>Tabresi, Makarim al-Akhlaq, 1412 H, pág. 465.</ref>

El [[Imam Ali (P)]], al escuchar que un hombre reía durante un funeral, dijo:
::"Parece que la muerte en este mundo ha sido destinada solo para los demás."<ref name=":1"/> Luego advirtió que esos cuerpos que son llevados al funeral no regresarán, y nosotros tampoco seremos eternos en este mundo.<ref name=":1">Sobhi Saleh, Nahj al-Balagha, Hikmat 122, pág. 490.</ref>

== El perdón de los pecados para los participantes en el funeral y el difunto ==
Uno de los beneficios de acompañar un funeral es la recompensa que reciben los participantes.<ref>Al-Anwar al-Nu'maniyah, pág. 220.</ref> Además, según relatos del [[Imam Baqir (P)]], se ha prometido cuatro intercesiones para los que acompañan el funeral<ref>Qomi, Sheij Abbas, Safinat al-Bihar wa Madinat al-Hikam, Nashr Oswah, vol 4, pág. 565.</ref>, y los ángeles prometen el Paraíso a los que participan en él.<ref name=":0">Kolayni, al-Kafi, 1407 H, vol 3, pág. 172.</ref>

En otro relato se menciona que, quien acompañe el cuerpo de un creyente hasta su entierro, Dios enviará setenta ángeles en el Día del Juicio para que lo acompañen y pidan perdón por él.<ref>Mohammad Baqer Maylesi, Zad al-Ma'ad, págs. 54-55.</ref>

El [[Imam Sadiq (P)]] aconsejó a los dolientes que informaran a otros sobre la muerte del difunto para que asistieran al funeral, rezaran por él, y así obtuvieran recompensas para sí mismos y también la absolución para el difunto.<ref>Tabresi, Makarim al-Akhlaq, 1412 H, pág. 360.</ref>

El Imam Baqir (P) en un relato dijo que el perdón es el regalo de aquellos que acompañan al difunto en su funeral.<ref name=":0">Kolayni, al-Kafi, 1407 H, vol 3, pág. 172.</ref>

En el funeral, se ha puesto el valor humano como principio. En las fuentes se ha transmitido que un cuerpo era llevado mientras el [[Profeta (P)]] y sus compañeros estaban sentados. El Profeta (P) y sus seguidores se levantaron para acompañar el cuerpo. Se les dijo que esa persona era judía, y se les preguntó por qué el Profeta (P) mostró respeto hacia el cuerpo. El Profeta (P) respondió:
::"¿Acaso no era un ser humano?"<ref>Bihar al-Anwar, vol 18, pág. 254.</ref>

== Fuentes ==
{{footnotes|۲}}
{{tree
| main branch = کلام
| subbranch1 = معاد
|subbranch2 =احکام جنازه
|subbranch3 =
}}
{{تکمیل مقاله
| شناسه =شد
| تیترها =شد
| ویرایش =شد
| لینک‌دهی =شد
| ناوبری =
| نمایه =
| تغییر مسیر =
| ارجاعات =
| بازبینی =شد
| تکمیل =
| اولویت =ب
| کیفیت =ب
}}
{{text end}}
[[fa:فضیلت تشییع جنازه]]
[[ps:د جنازې د مراسمو فضیلت]]
[[bn:মৃত ব্যক্তি দাফন অনুষ্ঠানে শরীক হওয়ার ফযিলত]]
[[ms:Keutamaan Menghadiri Proses Pemakaman]]
[[ur:جنازے میں شرکت کی فضیلت]]

Módulo:Uses TemplateStyles/config

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local cfg = {} -- Don’t touch this line.

-- Subpage blacklist: these subpages will not be categorized (except for the
-- error category, which is always added if there is an error).
-- For example “Template:Foo/doc” matches the `doc = true` rule, so it will have
-- no categories. “Template:Foo” and “Template:Foo/documentation” match no rules,
-- so they *will* have categories. All rules should be in the
-- ['<subpage name>'] = true,
-- format.
cfg['subpage_blacklist'] = {
['doc'] = true,
['sandbox'] = true,
['sandbox2'] = true,
['testcases'] = true,
}

-- Sandbox title: if the stylesheet’s title is <template>/<stylesheet>.css, the
-- stylesheet’s sandbox is expected to be at <template>/<sandbox_title>/<stylesheet>.css
-- Set to nil to disable sandbox links.
cfg['sandbox_title'] = 'sandbox'

-- Error category: this category is added if the module call contains errors
-- (e.g. no stylesheet listed). A category name without namespace, or nil
-- to disable categorization (not recommended).
cfg['error_category'] = 'Uses TemplateStyles templates with errors'

-- Default category: this category is added if no custom category is specified
-- in module/template call. A category name without namespace, or nil
-- to disable categorization.
cfg['default_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles'

-- Protection conflict category: this category is added if the protection level
-- of any stylesheet is lower than the protection level of the template. A category name
-- without namespace, or nil to disable categorization (not recommended).
cfg['protection_conflict_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles with a different protection level'

-- Hierarchy of protection levels, used to determine whether one protection level is lower
-- than another and thus should populate protection_conflict_category. No protection is treated as zero
cfg['protection_hierarchy'] = {
autoconfirmed = 1,
extendedconfirmed = 2,
templateeditor = 3,
sysop = 4
}

-- Padlock pattern: Lua pattern to search on protected stylesheets for, or nil
-- to disable padlock check.
cfg['padlock_pattern'] = '{{pp-'

-- Missing padlock category: this category is added if a protected stylesheet
-- doesn’t contain any padlock template (specified by the above Lua pattern).
-- A category name without namespace (no nil allowed) if the pattern is not nil,
-- unused (and thus may be nil) otherwise.
cfg['missing_padlock_category'] = 'Templates using TemplateStyles without padlocks'

return cfg -- Don’t touch this line.

Plantilla:Quote box/doc

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{Documentation subpage}}
__NOTOC__
{{tsh|qb}}
{{high use}}
{{Uses TemplateStyles|Template:Quote box/styles.css}}
{{Quote box{{\sandbox}} |width=30em |title=Title |quote={{Lorem ipsum}} |author=Author Name |source=source in "Quotes" or ''Italics'' as needed}}

This template can be used for [[block quotation]]s (long quotes set off from the main text). However, this use is not advised {{em|in articles}}. The [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style#Block quotations|Manual of Style guidelines for block quotations]] recommend formatting block quotations using the {{tlx|Blockquote}} template or the HTML <[[blockquote]]> element, for which that template provides a wrapper.

* Quotes work best when used with short sentences, and at the start or end of a section, as a hint of or to help emphasize the section's content.
* For typical quotes, especially those longer than the rest of the paragraph in which they are quoted, {{tlx|Cquote}} provides a borderless quote with decorative quotation marks, and {{tlx|Quote frame}} provided a bordered quote. Both span the article width. (However, do not use {{tlx|Cquote}} for block quotations in articles.)
* For very short quotes, {{tlx|Rquote}} (with decorative quotation marks) or {{tlx|Quote box}} (framed) can be used to set the quote off to either the right or left as in a magazine [[Sidebar (publishing)|sidebar]]. This can be effective on [[WP:ESSAY|essay]] pages and [[WP:WIKIPROJECT|WikiProject]] homepages.

== Usage ==
For actual quotes, and poems, this template (a variant of {{tlx|Quote frame}}) can be used to present a title, quote, author, and source in a box such as that shown opposite, with options to customise its bordering, background, alignment and other aspects. The box itself is floating div, which, like images, can appear on the right or left or across the entire page. Article text will wrap around the div in the first two cases. This is useful in articles that are short on images and need some graphic-like element, or where an important or interesting quote wants to be presented in a way that sets it off from the surrounding text.

'''Caution:''' This is a div-based template, so it may malfunction if indented using wikitext syntax. This is a current limitation of the Wikipedia [[HTML]] parsing software.

When used with a poem, it is convenient to wrap the poem's content in {{tag|poem}} tags; these preserve line breaks without having to manually insert {{tag|br|s}} markup.

{{Quote box|To be or not to be ...}}

=== Parameters ===

'''Basic parameters'''
* {{para|title}}: Optional title to appear at the top of the quote box.
* {{para|quote}}: The quote or other text to be displayed in the box.
* {{para|author}}: Optional name of the author. A {{tag|ref}} reference citation can be added at the end.
* {{para|source}}: Optional source of the quote ("Quoted" or ''Italic'' work title, and other publication data). A {{tag|ref}} reference citation can be added at the end.

'''Main box styling'''
* {{para|align}}: Alignment of the quote box on the page—left / right / center / none. Defaults to right alignment. Using <nowiki>align=none</nowiki> will remove word wrapping.
* {{para|width}}: The width of the quote box. Defaults to the width of the quote included, unless {{para|align|center}} or {{para|align|none}} where the width will default to 100%.
* {{para|border}}: The width of the quote box border. Defaults to 1px. Remember to include 'px' or 'em' to specify the correct width.
* {{para|fontsize}}: The fontsize of the quote box text. Defaults to 88%.
* {{para|bgcolor}}: The RGB background color of the box. Defaults to #F9F9F9 (light gray).
* {{para|style}}: A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding parameters.

'''Title styling'''
* {{para|title_bg}}: The RGB background color of the title. Defaults to #F9F9F9 (light gray).
* {{para|title_fnt}}: The title font color. Defaults to black.
* {{para|tstyle}}: A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding title parameters.

'''Quote styling'''
* {{para|qalign}}: Alignment of the quote element—left / right / center. Defaults to left.
* {{para|qstyle}}: A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding quote parameters.
* {{para|quoted}}: If this parameter evaluates to true (is not 0, false, or empty) the quote box will enclose the quote in ''fat-quotes''. Use judiciously; quote marks do not display in mainspace (articles) per [[MOS:BLOCKQUOTE]].

'''Source styling'''
These affect the entire {{para|author}} and {{para|source}} block, below the quotation.
* {{para|salign}}: Alignment of the source element—left / right / center. Defaults to the value of qalign.
* {{para|sstyle}}: A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding source parameters.

=== Full syntax ===

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|class = 
|title =
|quote =
|author =
|source =
|align =
|width =
|border =
|fontsize =
|bgcolor =
|style =
|title_bg =
|title_fnt =
|tstyle =
|qalign =
|qstyle =
|quoted =
|salign =
|sstyle =
}}
</syntaxhighlight>

=== Examples ===

Various example codes and their results. For more intricate examples see [[Template:Quote box/examples]]. In the examples the {{tl|lorem ipsum}} template merely generates several lines of sample text without meaning, and is not part of the quote syntax.

==== Floating and wrapping ====

'''Minimal code, defaults to floating right and minimal width:'''

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
{{Clear}}

'''Floating right:'''

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = right
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = right
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
{{Clear}}

'''Floating left:'''

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = left
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = left
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
{{Clear}}

'''Centered, not floating:'''

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = center
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|width = 50%
|align = center
}}
{{Lorem ipsum}}
{{-}}

==== Fat-quotes ====

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|quoted = 1
}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|quoted = 1
}}

{{-}}

==== Alignment of text in box====

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|title = Centered quote
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|qalign = center
}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|title = Centered quote
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|qalign = center
}}

{{-}}

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|title = Left title, right quote
|tstyle = text-align: left;
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|qalign = right
}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|title = Left title, right quote
|tstyle = text-align: left;
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.
|qalign = right
}}

{{-}}

==== Custom classes ====
;This parameter should only be used by editors who fully understand how this template works.
The "class=" parameter can be used add a generic CSS class to this template. Some classes are not compatible with other options or require specific options be set to be useful or look good.

===== Letterhead custom class =====
The "letterhead" class should be used with {{para|title_bg|none}}, {{para|border|none}}, and {{para|bgcolor}} either not used or set to "none". Since the upper-left-corner will have a white background, it should only be used on pages with a white background.

Care should be taken that neither the title nor the text extends into the "left corner" portion of the box. To use a blank line for a title, use {{para|title|&nbsp;}}. To provide a blank line at the bottom of the letterhead, add <nowiki><br /><br /></nowiki> to the end of the {{para|source}} parameter (or {{para|author}}, if {{para|source}} was not used).

<syntaxhighlight lang="wikitext">
{{Quote box
|class = letterhead
|title =  
|tstyle = text-align: right;
|title_bg = none
|border = none
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.<br /><br />
|qalign = right
}}
</syntaxhighlight>

{{Quote box
|class = letterhead
|title =  
|tstyle = text-align: right;
|title_bg = none
|border = none
|quote = Cry "Havoc", and let slip the dogs of war.
|author = [[William Shakespeare]]
|source = ''[[Julius Caesar (play)|Julius Caesar]]'', Act III, Scene I.<br /><br />
|qalign = right
}}
{{clear}}

==== Collapsing text ====

Sections of text can be collapsed by use of {{tl|hidden begin}} and {{tl|hidden end}}.

{{markup
|<nowiki>{{Quote box
|border = 2px
|align = center
|bgcolor = Cornsilk
|title = The Spider and the Fly
|halign = center
|quote = <poem>
"Will you walk into my parlour?" said the Spider to the Fly,
"'Tis the prettiest little parlour that ever you did spy;
The way into my parlour is up a winding stair,
And I've a many curious things to shew when you are there."
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''to ask me is in vain,''
''For who goes up your winding stair can ne'er come down again.''"
{{hidden begin}}
"I'm sure you must be weary, dear, with soaring up so high;
Will you rest upon my little bed?" said the Spider to the Fly.
"There are pretty curtains drawn around; the sheets are fine and thin,
And if you like to rest awhile, I'll snugly tuck you in!"
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''for I've often heard it said,''
''They never, never wake again, who sleep upon your bed!''"
{{hidden end}}
</poem>
|salign = right
|author = [[Mary Howitt]]
|source = <small>1829</small>
}}</nowiki>
|{{Quote box
|border = 2px
|align = center
|bgcolor = Cornsilk
|title = The Spider and the Fly
|halign = center
|quote = <poem>
"Will you walk into my parlour?" said the Spider to the Fly,
<span style="padding-right:.15em;">"</span>'Tis the prettiest little parlour that ever you did spy;
The way into my parlour is up a winding stair,
And I've a many curious things to shew when you are there."
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''to ask me is in vain,''
''For who goes up your winding stair can ne'er come down again.''"
{{hidden begin}}
"I'm sure you must be weary, dear, with soaring up so high;
Will you rest upon my little bed?" said the Spider to the Fly.
"There are pretty curtains drawn around; the sheets are fine and thin,
And if you like to rest awhile, I'll snugly tuck you in!"
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''for I've often heard it said,''
''They never, never wake again, who sleep upon your bed!''"
{{hidden end}}
</poem>
|salign = right
|author = [[Mary Howitt]]
|source = <small>1829</small>
}}
}}

Note that, although {{para|halign|center}}, the centering is reset after the {{tl|hidden begin}}, since that template applies its own styling. This can be resolved by using {{para|contentstyle}} in {{tl|hidden begin}} with appropriate markup; in this case:
:{{tlx|hidden begin |ta2{{=}}center |contentstyle{{=}}margin: 1em auto;}}

{{markup
|<nowiki>{{Quote box
|border = 2px
|align = center
|bgcolor = Cornsilk
|title = The Spider and the Fly
|halign = center
|quote = <poem>
"Will you walk into my parlour?" said the Spider to the Fly,
"'Tis the prettiest little parlour that ever you did spy;
The way into my parlour is up a winding stair,
And I've a many curious things to shew when you are there."
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''to ask me is in vain,''
''For who goes up your winding stair can ne'er come down again.''"
{{hidden begin||ta2=center|contentstyle=margin: 1em auto;}}
"I'm sure you must be weary, dear, with soaring up so high;
Will you rest upon my little bed?" said the Spider to the Fly.
"There are pretty curtains drawn around; the sheets are fine and thin,
And if you like to rest awhile, I'll snugly tuck you in!"
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''for I've often heard it said,''
''They never, never wake again, who sleep upon your bed!''"
{{hidden end}}
</poem>
|salign = right
|author = [[Mary Howitt]]
|source = <small>1829</small>
}}
</nowiki>
|{{Quote box
|border = 2px
|align = center
|bgcolor = Cornsilk
|title = The Spider and the Fly
|halign = center
|quote = <poem>
"Will you walk into my parlour?" said the Spider to the Fly,
<span style="padding-right:.15em;">"</span>'Tis the prettiest little parlour that ever you did spy;
The way into my parlour is up a winding stair,
And I've a many curious things to shew when you are there."
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''to ask me is in vain,''
''For who goes up your winding stair can ne'er come down again.''"
{{hidden begin||ta2=center|contentstyle=margin: 1em auto;}}
"I'm sure you must be weary, dear, with soaring up so high;
Will you rest upon my little bed?" said the Spider to the Fly.
"There are pretty curtains drawn around; the sheets are fine and thin,
And if you like to rest awhile, I'll snugly tuck you in!"
"''Oh no, no,''" said the little Fly, "''for I've often heard it said,''
''They never, never wake again, who sleep upon your bed!''"
{{hidden end}}
</poem>
|salign = right
|author = [[Mary Howitt]]
|source = <small>1829</small>
}}
}}

=== TemplateData ===
{{TemplateData header}}
<templatedata>
{
"description": "Put a quote, and its source, inside a box, with flexible control over bordering, background color, alignment, and other features",
"params": {
"class": {
"label": "CSS class",
"description": "Optional CSS class to modify or override the default class ''quotebox''. Care should be used when using this parameter. Consider using other templates instead. See the ''Custom classes'' section of this document for more information.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"title": {
"label": "Title",
"description": "Optional title to appear at the top of the quote box.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"quote": {
"label": "Quote",
"description": "The quote or text to be displayed in the box.",
"type": "content",
"required": true,
"aliases": [
"1",
"content",
"quotetext",
"text"
]
},
"source": {
"label": "Source",
"description": "Optional source of the quote (author, publication, etc.). Set off from author with a comma.",
"type": "string",
"required": false,
"aliases": [
"3"
]
},
"align": {
"label": "Alignment",
"description": "Alignment of the quote box on the page—left / right / center / none. Defaults to right alignment. Using align=none will remove word wrapping.",
"type": "string",
"required": false,
"suggestedvalues": [
"left",
"center",
"right",
"none"
]
},
"width": {
"label": "Width",
"description": "The width of the quote box. Defaults to the width of the quote included, unless align=center where the width will default to 100%. Use CSS lengths eg. 50% or 400px",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"border": {
"label": "Border width",
"description": "The width of the quote box border. Defaults to 1px. Remember to include 'px' or 'em' to specify the correct width.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"fontsize": {
"label": "Font size",
"description": "The fontsize of the quote box text. Defaults to 88%.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"bgcolor": {
"label": "Background color",
"description": "The RGB background color of the box. Defaults to #F9F9F9 (light gray).",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"style": {
"label": "CSS style",
"description": "A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding parameters.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"title_bg": {
"label": "Title background color",
"description": "The RGB background color of the title. Defaults to #F9F9F9 (light gray).",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"title_fnt": {
"label": "Title font color",
"description": "The title font color. Defaults to black.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"tstyle": {
"label": "Title CSS style",
"description": "A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding title parameters.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"qalign": {
"label": "Quote alignment",
"description": "Alignment of the quote element—left / right / center. Defaults to left.",
"type": "string",
"required": false,
"aliases": [
"halign"
],
"suggestedvalues": [
"left",
"center",
"right"
]
},
"qstyle": {
"label": "Quote CSS style",
"description": "A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding quote parameters.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"quoted": {
"label": "Add quotes?",
"description": "If this parameter evaluates to true (is not 0, false, or empty) the quote box will enclose the quote in fat-quotes. Use judiciously, and read the Manual of Style.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"salign": {
"label": "Source alignment",
"description": "Alignment of the source element—left / right / center. Defaults to the value of qalign.",
"type": "string",
"required": false,
"suggestedvalues": [
"left",
"center",
"right"
]
},
"sstyle": {
"label": "Source CSS style",
"description": "A generic CSS style parameter. Entries in this parameter supersede any duplicates in the preceding source parameters.",
"type": "string",
"required": false
},
"tclass": {
"label": "Title CSS class",
"description": "Advanced: additional classes to apply to the title element",
"type": "string"
},
"qclass": {
"label": "Quote CSS class",
"description": "Advanced: additional classes to apply to the quote's element"
},
"author": {
"aliases": [
"2"
],
"label": "Author",
"description": "The author to whom the quote is attributed",
"type": "line"
}
},
"format": "block",
"paramOrder": [
"class",
"title",
"quote",
"author",
"source",
"align",
"width",
"border",
"fontsize",
"bgcolor",
"style",
"title_bg",
"title_fnt",
"tstyle",
"qalign",
"qstyle",
"quoted",
"salign",
"sstyle",
"tclass",
"qclass"
]
}
</templatedata>

== Tracking category ==
* {{clc|Category:Pages using quote box with unknown parameters}}

{{Quotation templates}}

<includeonly>{{Sandbox other|
| 
[[Category:Enhanced quote templates]]
[[Category:Templates that add a tracking category|{{PAGENAME}}]]

[[sv:Mall:Citatbox]]
}}</includeonly>

Módulo:Item

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local p = {}

local function escape(str)
return str:gsub("[|\\]", function (c) return string.format("\\%03d", c:byte()) end)
end

local function unescape(str)
return str:gsub("\\(%d%d%d)", function (d) return string.char(d) end)
end

-- Implements [[Template:Item]]
function p.pack(frame)
local parent = frame:getParent()
local result = ''
for key, value in pairs(parent.args) do
result = result .. "|" .. escape(tostring(key)) .. "|" .. escape(value)
end
return result .. "|";
end

local function unpack(str)
local result = { }
for key, value in str:gfind("|([^|]*)|([^|]*)") do
result[unescape(key)] = unescape(value)
end
return result
end

-- Implements [[Template:Component]]
function p.component(frame)
return unpack(frame.args[1])[frame.args[2]]
end

local function getItems(frame)
return frame:getParent().args
end

local function invert(tbl)
local result = { }
for key, value in pairs(tbl) do
result[value] = key
end
return result
end

-- Add args into item as appropriate (see [[Template:Format item]])
local function addArgs(
item, -- unpacked item to modify
args, -- arguments for adding into item
ignore, -- pass in invert{keys to ignore}
shift -- for numbered arguments, args[key+shift] is assigned to item[key]
-- returns: item
)
for key, value in pairs(args) do
if not ignore[key] then
local _, _, paramKey = string.find(key, "^param (.*)")
local _, _, importantKey = string.find(key, "^important (.*)")
paramKey = paramKey or importantKey or key
if shift and type(paramKey) == "number" then
paramKey = paramKey - shift
if paramKey < 1 then paramKey = nil end
end
if paramKey and (importantKey or item[paramKey] == nil) then
item[paramKey] = value
end
end
end

return item
end

-- Implements [[Template:Format item]]
function p.format(frame)
local args = frame:getParent().args
local ignore = invert{ "template", "item" }
local templateArgs = addArgs(unpack(args.item), args, ignore)

return frame:expandTemplate{ title = args.template, args = templateArgs }
end

-- See [[Template:Item#Format each item using a template]]
function p.each(frame)
local args = frame.args
local items = getItems(frame)
local separator = args[1] or ""
local prepend = args[2] or ""
local append = args[3] or ""
local ignore = invert{ "template" }
local shift = 3

local result = ""
for i, item in ipairs(items) do
local templateArgs = addArgs(unpack(item), args, ignore, shift)
result = result .. prepend .. frame:expandTemplate{ title = args.template, args = templateArgs } .. append
if items[i + 1] then
result = result .. separator
end
end
return result
end

-- See [[Template:Item#Gather given parameter from all items]]
function p.gather(frame)
local args = frame.args
local items = getItems(frame)
local parameter = args.parameter or "1"

local templateArgs = { }
for i, item in ipairs(items) do
templateArgs[i] = unpack(item)[parameter]
end

return frame:expandTemplate{ title = args.template, args = templateArgs }
end

return p

Módulo:TNT

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

--
-- INTRO: (!!! DO NOT RENAME THIS PAGE !!!)
-- This module allows any template or module to be copy/pasted between
-- wikis without any translation changes. All translation text is stored
-- in the global Data:*.tab pages on Commons, and used everywhere.
--
-- SEE: https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Multilingual_Templates_and_Modules
--
-- ATTENTION:
-- Please do NOT rename this module - it has to be identical on all wikis.
-- This code is maintained at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module:TNT
-- Please do not modify it anywhere else, as it may get copied and override your changes.
-- Suggestions can be made at https://www.mediawiki.org/wiki/Module_talk:TNT
--
-- DESCRIPTION:
-- The "msg" function uses a Commons dataset to translate a message
-- with a given key (e.g. source-table), plus optional arguments
-- to the wiki markup in the current content language.
-- Use lang=xx to set language. Example:
--
-- {{#invoke:TNT | msg
-- | I18n/Template:Graphs.tab 
-- | source-table 
-- | param1 }} 
--
--
-- The "doc" function will generate the <templatedata> parameter documentation for templates.
-- This way all template parameters can be stored and localized in a single Commons dataset.
-- NOTE: "doc" assumes that all documentation is located in Data:Templatedata/* on Commons.
--
-- {{#invoke:TNT | doc | Graph:Lines }}
-- uses https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:Templatedata/Graph:Lines.tab
-- if the current page is Template:Graph:Lines/doc
--

local p = {}
local i18nDataset = 'I18n/Module:TNT.tab'

-- Forward declaration of the local functions
local sanitizeDataset, loadData, link, formatMessage

function p.msg(frame)
local dataset, id
local params = {}
local lang = nil
for k, v in pairs(frame.args) do
if k == 1 then
dataset = mw.text.trim(v)
elseif k == 2 then
id = mw.text.trim(v)
elseif type(k) == 'number' then
table.insert(params, mw.text.trim(v))
elseif k == 'lang' and v ~= '_' then
lang = mw.text.trim(v)
end
end
return formatMessage(dataset, id, params, lang)
end

-- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules
-- Parameters: name of dataset, message key, optional arguments
-- Example with 2 params: format('I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset')
function p.format(dataset, key, ...)
local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType
checkType('format', 1, dataset, 'string')
checkType('format', 2, key, 'string')
return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...})
end

-- Identical to p.msg() above, but used from other lua modules with the language param
-- Parameters: language code, name of dataset, message key, optional arguments
-- Example with 2 params: formatInLanguage('es', I18n/Module:TNT', 'error_bad_msgkey', 'my-key', 'my-dataset')
function p.formatInLanguage(lang, dataset, key, ...)
local checkType = require('libraryUtil').checkType
checkType('formatInLanguage', 1, lang, 'string')
checkType('formatInLanguage', 2, dataset, 'string')
checkType('formatInLanguage', 3, key, 'string')
return formatMessage(dataset, key, {...}, lang)
end

-- Obsolete function that adds a 'c:' prefix to the first param.
-- "Sandbox/Sample.tab" -> 'c:Data:Sandbox/Sample.tab'
function p.link(frame)
return link(frame.args[1])
end

function p.doc(frame)
local dataset = 'Templatedata/' .. sanitizeDataset(frame.args[1])
return frame:extensionTag('templatedata', p.getTemplateData(dataset)) ..
formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'edit_doc', {link(dataset)})
end

function p.getTemplateData(dataset)
-- TODO: add '_' parameter once lua starts reindexing properly for "all" languages
local data = loadData(dataset)
local names = {}
for _, field in pairs(data.schema.fields) do
table.insert(names, field.name)
end

local params = {}
local paramOrder = {}
for _, row in pairs(data.data) do
local newVal = {}
local name = nil
for pos, val in pairs(row) do
local columnName = names[pos]
if columnName == 'name' then
name = val
else
newVal[columnName] = val
end
end
if name then
params[name] = newVal
table.insert(paramOrder, name)
end
end

-- Work around json encoding treating {"1":{...}} as an [{...}]
params['zzz123']=''

local json = mw.text.jsonEncode({
params=params,
paramOrder=paramOrder,
description=data.description
})

json = string.gsub(json,'"zzz123":"",?', "")

return json
end

-- Local functions

sanitizeDataset = function(dataset)
if not dataset then
return nil
end
dataset = mw.text.trim(dataset)
if dataset == '' then
return nil
elseif string.sub(dataset,-4) ~= '.tab' then
return dataset .. '.tab'
else
return dataset
end
end

loadData = function(dataset, lang)
dataset = sanitizeDataset(dataset)
if not dataset then
error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_no_dataset', {}))
end

-- Give helpful error to thirdparties who try and copy this module.
if not mw.ext or not mw.ext.data or not mw.ext.data.get then
error('Missing JsonConfig extension; Cannot load https://commons.wikimedia.org/wiki/Data:' .. dataset)
end

local data = mw.ext.data.get(dataset, lang)

if data == false then
if dataset == i18nDataset then
-- Prevent cyclical calls
error('Missing Commons dataset ' .. i18nDataset)
else
error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_dataset', {link(dataset)}))
end
end
return data
end

-- Given a dataset name, convert it to a title with the 'commons:data:' prefix
link = function(dataset)
return 'c:Data:' .. mw.text.trim(dataset or '')
end

formatMessage = function(dataset, key, params, lang)
for _, row in pairs(loadData(dataset, lang).data) do
local id, msg = unpack(row)
if id == key then
local result = mw.message.newRawMessage(msg, unpack(params or {}))
return result:plain()
end
end
if dataset == i18nDataset then
-- Prevent cyclical calls
error('Invalid message key "' .. key .. '"')
else
error(formatMessage(i18nDataset, 'error_bad_msgkey', {key, link(dataset)}))
end
end

return p

Módulo:Uses TemplateStyles

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

local yesno = require('Module:Yesno')
local mList = require('Module:List')
local mTableTools = require('Module:TableTools')
local mMessageBox = require('Module:Message box')
local TNT = require('Module:TNT')

local p = {}

local function format(msg, ...)
return TNT.format('I18n/Uses TemplateStyles', msg, ...)
end

local function getConfig()
return mw.loadData('Module:Uses TemplateStyles/config')
end

local function renderBox(tStyles)
local boxArgs = {
type = 'notice',
small = true,
image = string.format('[[File:Farm-Fresh css add.svg|32px|alt=%s]]', format('logo-alt'))
}
if #tStyles < 1 then
boxArgs.text = string.format('<strong class="error">%s</strong>', format('error-emptylist'))
else
local cfg = getConfig()
local tStylesLinks = {}
for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do
local link = string.format('[[:%s]]', ts)
local sandboxLink = nil
local tsTitle = mw.title.new(ts)
if tsTitle and cfg['sandbox_title'] then
local tsSandboxTitle = mw.title.new(string.format(
'%s:%s/%s/%s', tsTitle.nsText, tsTitle.baseText, cfg['sandbox_title'], tsTitle.subpageText))
if tsSandboxTitle and tsSandboxTitle.exists then
sandboxLink = format('sandboxlink', link, ':' .. tsSandboxTitle.prefixedText)
end
end
tStylesLinks[i] = sandboxLink or link
end
local tStylesList = mList.makeList('bulleted', tStylesLinks)
boxArgs.text = format(
mw.title.getCurrentTitle():inNamespaces(828,829) and 'header-module' or 'header-template') ..
'\n' .. tStylesList
end
return mMessageBox.main('mbox', boxArgs)
end

local function renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles, titleObj)
if yesno(args.nocat) then
return ''
end

local cfg = getConfig()

local cats = {}

-- Error category
if #tStyles < 1 and cfg['error_category'] then
cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['error_category']
end

-- TemplateStyles category
titleObj = titleObj or mw.title.getCurrentTitle()
if (titleObj.namespace == 10 or titleObj.namespace == 828)
and not cfg['subpage_blacklist'][titleObj.subpageText]
then
local category = args.category or cfg['default_category']
if category then
cats[#cats + 1] = category
end
if not yesno(args.noprotcat) and (cfg['protection_conflict_category'] or cfg['padlock_pattern']) then
local currentProt = titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and titleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil
local addedLevelCat = false
local addedPadlockCat = false
for i, ts in ipairs(tStyles) do
local tsTitleObj = mw.title.new(ts)
local tsProt = tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"] and tsTitleObj.protectionLevels["edit"][1] or nil
if cfg['padlock_pattern'] and tsProt and not addedPadlockCat then
local content = tsTitleObj:getContent()
if not content:find(cfg['padlock_pattern']) then
cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['missing_padlock_category']
addedPadlockCat = true
end
end
if cfg['protection_conflict_category'] and currentProt and tsProt ~= currentProt and not addedLevelCat then
currentProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][currentProt] or 0
tsProt = cfg['protection_hierarchy'][tsProt] or 0
if tsProt < currentProt then
addedLevelCat = true
cats[#cats + 1] = cfg['protection_conflict_category']
end
end
end
end
end
for i, cat in ipairs(cats) do
cats[i] = string.format('[[Category:%s]]', cat)
end
return table.concat(cats)
end

function p._main(args, cfg)
local tStyles = mTableTools.compressSparseArray(args)
local box = renderBox(tStyles)
local trackingCategories = renderTrackingCategories(args, tStyles)
return box .. trackingCategories
end

function p.main(frame)
local origArgs = frame:getParent().args
local args = {}
for k, v in pairs(origArgs) do
v = v:match('^%s*(.-)%s*$')
if v ~= '' then
args[k] = v
end
end
return p._main(args)
end

return p

Módulo:Transclusion count/data/Q

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

return {
["Q"] = 38000,
["Qmark"] = 14000,
["Queensland_Globe"] = 2300,
["Querylink"] = 308000,
["Quotation"] = 22000,
["Quote"] = 77000,
["Quote_box"] = 781000,
["Quote_box/styles.css"] = 781000,
["Quotebox"] = 2400,
}

Plantilla:Quotation templates

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

{{Navbox
| name = Quotation templates
| state = {{{state|{{{1|}}}}}}
| title = {{c|Quotation templates}}
| liststyle = font-size:110%;
| tracking = no 

| list1 =
{{Aligned table
|class=sortable |style=margin:0 auto 0.4em;line-height:1.35em;text-align:left;
|colstyle=padding-right:1.0em;
|row1style=line-height:1.6em;font-weight:bold;border-bottom:1px solid #aaa;
| Template  | Use{{\}}description 
| ↓ ''Block quotations'' | ''General purpose''
| {{tlb|Blockquote}} | Our standard block quotation template: unbordered page-wide quotation with optional smaller-sized attribution
| {{tlb|Break lines}} | Transforms line breaks into <code><nowiki><br /></nowiki></code> tags. It is very similar to the {{tl|poem}} template, except that it does not invoke the <code><nowiki><poem></nowiki></code> MediaWiki extension.
| {{tlb|Text and translation}} | Displays original language and translated text, one beside the other
| {{tlb|Poem}} | {{tl|Blockquote}} variant for use with poems, song lyrics, and other things that would otherwise require the use of {{xtag|poem}} tags or frequent formatting elements (such as {{Nowrap|{{code|lang=html|code=<br />}}}}); requires substitution
| {{tlb|Poem quote}} | {{tl|Blockquote}} variant for use with poems, song lyrics, and other things that would otherwise require the use of {{xtag|poem}} tags or frequent formatting elements (such as {{Nowrap|{{code|lang=html|code=<br />}}}}); does not require substitution
| {{tlb|Verse translation}} | Displays ''original language verse'' (defaults to italics) and translated verse (roman) side-by-side
| {{tlb|Verse transliteration-translation}} | Like {{tl|Verse translation}}, but with a transliteration separate from the original version
| {{tlb|Gbq}} | {{tl|Blockquote}} variant for use inside [[Wikipedia:Manual of Style/Glossaries|glossaries]]
| {{tlb|Cquote}} | "centered quote" – Page-wide quote, between large quotation marks
| {{tlb|Rquote}} | "reduced quote" – Quote between large quotation marks in a reduced [[Cascading Style Sheets#Float and clear|float]]ing area
| {{tlb|Quote frame}} | Page-wide bordered quote
| {{tlb|Quote box}} | Quote floated in a reduced bordered box
| {{tlb|Tweet}} | For quoting directly from tweets. Automatically generates {{tlx|Cite tweet}} citation, or a custom reference can be provided.
|  | 
| ↓ ''Talk page quoting'' | ''Not for use in articles nor the project space at all''
| {{tlb|Talk quote inline}}{{Clear}}<small>(shortcut: {{tlb|tq}},{{Clear}}{{tlb|tqq}}, {{tlb|tqi}}, or {{tlb|tqqi}})</small> | Inline quotation for use on talk pages
| {{tlb|Not talk quote inline}}{{Clear}}<small>(shortcut: {{tlb|!tq}},{{Clear}}{{tlb|!tqq}}, {{tlb|!tqi}}, or {{tlb|!tqqi}})</small> | Inline quotation for what someone didn't say but could have, or perhaps, should have
| {{tlb|Talk quote block}}{{Clear}}<small>(shortcut: {{tlb|tqb}}, {{tlb|tq2}})</small> | Block-style quotation for use on talk pages
| {{tlb|Talk quote block minimalist}}{{Clear}}<small>(shortcut: {{tlb|tqbm}})</small> | [[Minimalist]] version of above
|  | 
| ↓ ''Alternative'' | ''For indenting non-quotations''
| {{tlb|Block indent}} | To indent an entire block of content (uses {{code|lang=html|code=<div>}} and CSS margins)
}}
}}<noinclude>{{Documentation}}</noinclude>

Plantilla:!-

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

|-<noinclude>
{{documentation}}
</noinclude>

Plantilla:Markup/row

2025-04-27T07:52:20Z

Nazarzadeh: 1 revisión importada

<noinclude>{| style="border-width:medium;"</noinclude><includeonly>{{#if:{{{c1|value}}}| 
{{!-}}
{{!}}style{{=}}"background:#f8f9fa ; border:1px solid #eaecf0 ; padding:9px 5px 5px; vertical-align:top;"{{!}} {{#tag:pre |{{{c1|[markup]}}}|style="margin:0;border:none;padding:0; word-wrap:break-word; white-space:-moz-pre-wrap;white-space:-o-pre-wrap;white-space:-pre-wrap;white-space:pre-wrap; {{{c1style|}}}"}}
{{!}}style{{=}}"background:#f8f9fa ; border:1px solid #eaecf0 ; padding:5px; vertical-align:top;"{{!}} <div style="{{{c2style|}}}">
{{{c2|[''rendering'']}}}
</div>
}}</includeonly><noinclude>
|-
|style="border-width:1px;border-style:solid none none none;border-color:#ddd; padding:5px; vertical-align:text-top;"|
|style="border-width:1px;border-style:solid none none none;border-color:#ddd; padding:5px; vertical-align:text-top;"|
|-
|}</noinclude>